advertisement
Administrator Guide
Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Version 13
1
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Copyright
Dragon version 13.
2014 Nuance Communications, Inc.
This material may not include some last-minute technical changes and/or revisions to the software. Changes are periodically made to the information provided here. Future versions of this material will incorporate these changes.
No part of this manual or software may be reproduced in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic or mechanical, such as photocopying or recording, or by any information storage and retrieval systems, without the express written consent of Nuance Communications, Inc. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Copyright © 2014 Nuance Communications, Inc. All rights reserved.
Nuance, ScanSoft, the Nuance logo, the Dragon logo, Dragon, DragonBar, NaturallySpeaking,
NaturallyMobile, RealSpeak, Nothing But Speech (NBS), Natural Language Technology, Select-and-Say,
MouseGrid, and Vocabulary Editor are registered trademarks or trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. in the United States or other countries. All other names and trademarks referenced herein are trademarks of
Nuance Communications or their respective owners. Designations used by third-party manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products may be claimed as trademarks by those third-parties.
Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. AMD is a trademark of
Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. America Online is a registered trademark of America Online, Inc., a division of
AOL Time Warner. Corel and WordPerfect are registered trademarks of Corel Corporation. iPAQ is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. Lotus and Lotus Notes are registered trademarks of Lotus
Development Corporation. Macromedia Flash? is a trademark of Macromedia, Inc. Microsoft, Outlook,
Windows, Windows NT, Visual Basic, and PowerPoint are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. Mozilla, Mozilla Firefox, and Mozilla Thunderbird are trademarks or registered trademarks of the
Mozilla Foundation. Palm OS is a registered trademark of PalmSource, Inc. or its affiliates. Panasonic is a registered trademark of the Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel
Corporation. Sony and Memory Stick are registered trademarks of the Sony Corporation. Voice It, the Voice It logo, and Voice It Link are trademarks or registered trademarks of VXI Corporation.
Disclaimer
Nuance makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to the quality, reliability, currency, accuracy, or freedom from error of this document or the product or products referred to herein and specifically disclaims any implied warranties, including, without limitation, any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for any particular purpose, or non-infringement.
Nuance disclaims all liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, special, or exemplary damages resulting from the use of the information in this document. Mention of any product not manufactured by Nuance does not constitute an endorsement by Nuance of that product.
Notice
Nuance Communications, Inc. is strongly committed to creating high quality voice and data management products that, when used in conjunction with your own company’s security policies and practices, deliver an efficient and secure means of managing confidential information.
Nuance believes that data security is best maintained by limiting access to various types of information to authorized users only. Although no software product can completely guarantee against security failure, Dragon software contains configurable password features that, when used properly, provide a high degree of protection.
2
We strongly urge current owners of Nuance products that include optional system password features to verify that these features are enabled! You can call our support line if you need assistance in setting up passwords correctly or in verifying your existing security settings.
Published by Nuance Communications, Inc., Burlington, Massachusetts, USA
Visit us on the Web at www.nuance.com
.Links to our international web sites are shown there.
Visit Nuance Healthcare on the Web at www.nuance.com/healthcare.
3
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Getting started with Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Auto-saving end-user recognition history data
Creation and management of the recognition history log files
Contents of the recognition history log files
Enabling or disabling the logging of recognition history for an end-user
Removing the recognition history log files
Enable auto-saving of recognition history during a Dragon push installation
Enabling Web application support in a supported browser
Troubleshooting web applications
Hiding Dictation Box confirmation
Sending a notification when the AutoTranscribe Folder Agent completes a transcription job
Creating Windows shortcuts to User Profiles and Vocabularies
Using multiple acoustic models with a User Profile
Installing, modifying and upgrading Dragon
Troubleshooting silent install errors
Chapter 2: Preparing to Install Dragon
Preparing for an installation or upgrade
Storage space required for User Profiles
Coexistence with other Dragon products
Installing Dragon on a single computer
Enable or disable tutorials during a custom Dragon installation
Sample custom installation of Dragon
Cleaning up after uninstalling Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Turning off Dragon's use of Microsoft Active Accessibility Service
Enhancing the privacy of patient data
What you should know before upgrading from a previous version
Installing on or upgrading to Windows 7 or Windows 8
Upgrading multiple User Profiles
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles
Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
Upgrading User Profiles that use third-party vocabularies
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Overview of Installing Dragon using the Windows Installer (MSI)
Overview of the Network Installation of Dragon from a Server
Modifying Roaming User Profile, Miscellaneous, Schedule Settings in the INI File
Understanding and applying the Roaming User Options
Editing Miscellaneous and Scheduled Task Settings in nsdefaults.ini File
Understanding Network and Connection Settings in roamingdef.ini File
Carrying Out an Administrative Installation with .bat File
Install Dragon on an initial computer and choose the default settings
Extracting MSI/MST Files from the Dragon setup.exe
Using .MSI/.MST Files for Custom Installations Example
Installation using the Dragon installation process
Install the same Dragon configuration on multiple computers
Creating Custom Installation Using Microsoft Custom Install Wizard
Installation using the Dragon command line
Natspeak.exe command line reference
Other Actions You Can Take on Command Line
Modifying Default Installation Directory
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
Suppressing Reboot of the computer After Installation
Installing the same Roaming User Profile Configuration on Additional computer(s)
Revising Day/Time of Scheduled Tasks (Optional)
Configuring Local or On-Demand Install of Vocabularies/Text-to-Speech (Optional)
Upgrading Your Dragon Installation from the Command Line
Step-by-Step Process for Upgrading Roaming User Profiles
Major and Minor Upgrades: Silent Upgrade
Step-by-Step Command Line Installation with msiexec.exe
Additional Options for Installations with msiexec.exe
Additional Options for Silent Installations
MSI Options Specific to Dragon
MSI Options for Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
MSI Options for Roaming User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
6
Contents
Feature Variables to Set Through the ADDLOCAL or ADVERTISE Properties
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Setting up the Roaming feature
Overview of the Roaming feature
Setting up the Roaming feature
Creating a network storage location for the Master Roaming User Profiles
Where to install and configure Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13
Storage space required for the Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
How Dragon Synchronizes Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
Estimating Network traffic caused by synchronization
Enabling the Roaming feature on each computer where an end-user will dictate
Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
Administrative Settings: Roaming User Network Location
Setting up HTTP Connection: HTTP Settings
Setting up secure web server connection: SSL Settings
Testing and troubleshooting an HTTP connection
Setting and selecting Roaming User Profile options
Creating a Roaming User Profile on the local computer
Creating and training a new Roaming User Profile
Converting a non-roaming local User Profile into a Roaming User Profile
Dictating with a Roaming User Profile
Opening a Roaming User Profile
Using multiple dictation sources with a single User Profile
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for Roaming User Profiles
Controlling access to User Profiles
Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for HTTP Roaming
Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV
Configuring Dragon internet roaming
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles
Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Overview of using Dragon on a remote computer through a remote desktop connection
Overview of configuring Dragon and the Remote Desktop connection feature
Configuring the remote computer
Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows Server 2008 R2 Part 1
Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows Server 2008 R2 Part 2
Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows 7 and Windows 8 that run Dragon
Configuring the client computer to connect to Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Contents
7
Updating earlier versions of Dragon to support audio redirection
Using the PowerMic II through a remote desktop connection
Keyboard keys you can assign to PowerMic II buttons
System Requirements for using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
Adding words, commands, or Vocabularies to User Profiles
Using the Data Distribution Tool
Creating the Data Distribution Directory
Starting the Data Distribution Tool
Adding and removing custom words
Adding and removing vocabularies
Adding and removing custom commands
Nsadmin utility for new words, Vocabularies, and commands
Starting the nsadmin command line utility
Adding custom words from a command line
Adding and removing custom Vocabularies from a command line
Adding custom commands from a command line
Chapter 9: Maintaining a Dragon installation
Using Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer and Scheduler Tools
Removing One or More Optimization Schedules
Exporting and Importing User Profiles
Backing up and restoring a User Profile
Handling Dragon Error Messages
Working with the Usability Log
Accessing the Dragon Knowledge Database
Managing end-user administrative privileges
Chapter 10: Working with Custom commands
Managing and Securing Custom Commands
Using the Convert XML to DAT tool
Using the MyCommands Protection Utility
Chapter 11: Commands that perform actions based on the application state
Chapter 12: Configuring administrative features in Dragon
Summaries of Administrative Settings Dialog Boxes
Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
Administrative Settings: Roaming User Network Location
8
Contents
Administrative Settings: Miscellaneous tab
Administrative Settings: Scheduled Tasks tab
Contents
9
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking
The Dragon NaturallySpeaking Administrator guide is intended for administrators that deploy and manage installations of:
n
Professional edition
n
Legal edition
n
Dragon Medical Practice Edition
The administrator guide refers to these products generically as Dragon
NaturallySpeaking. We will mention when a feature applies specifically to one or more of these products editions.
Use the Dragon Administrator guide to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking, and to configure and manage the many features, tools, and User Profiles in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking. To install Dragon NaturallySpeaking and perform the tasks in this guide, you must have administrator access to the workstations in your network.
Dragon NaturallySpeaking contains new features and improvements that enhance the ability to talk to, control, and interact with a computer. This section contains general information about Dragon and the exciting new features of Dragon
NaturallySpeaking.
11
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Getting started with Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Dragon on the Web
The Nuance web site ( www.nuance.com
) gives you access to many resources, including frequently asked questions, usage tips, customer stories, customer service information, technical support content, and a detailed comparison between Dragon editions.
Installing, modifying and upgrading
View information on the different ways to install, modify, and upgrade Dragon
NaturallySpeaking.
Setting up the Roaming feature
The Roaming feature lets end-users dictate with Dragon NaturallySpeaking from different network locations and different computers without having to create and train individual User Profiles at each location.
Adding words,commands, or vocabularies to User Profiles
You use the nsadmin command line utility and the Data Distribution Tool when you want to make new words, customized vocabularies or new commands available to all User Profiles
on a particular Dragon NaturallySpeaking installation.
Using the Convert XML to DAT tool
and the MyCommands Protection Utility
Dragon Professional , Medical , and Legal editions - include an extension to Text-and-
Graphics commands that let you to set the values of variables in text blocks based on voice input.
Dragon NaturallySpeaking System requirements
What's new for administrators
You can upgrade from Dragon NaturallySpeaking 11.x and 12.x to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13.
12
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
New features
Updates to vocabularies and speech models
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 does not include support for Bluetooth-specific speech models or Enhanced Bluetooth.
Canadian vocabulary
For Canadian customers: When creating a profile, you can now pick Canada as your region to have Dragon's vocabulary supports the unique spellings of Canadian English.
For example, "honour" instead of "honor."
Managing audio sources
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, you cannot delete an audio source.
Web experience
The Dragon Web extension now gives Full Text Control in Chrome and Firefox as well as in Internet Explorer, in most web sites. In order to use Dragon in the supported browsers, you must enable this add-on.
There are some differences in functionality between browsers. When you are in Internet
Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome, see the Learning Center for commands you might want to say, as well as tips.
For more information, see 'Enabling Rich Internet Application support' in the Dragon
Help.
Compatibility Alerts
If its add-in for a supported application (such as Microsoft Word) becomes disabled,
Dragon now displays a warning, with a link to Help on how to solve the issue. (These addins enable Full Text Control; they are known as “compatibility modules.”)
This can be turned off on the Miscellaneous tab of the Options dialog.
For details, see 'The Options dialog box Miscellaneous tab' in the Dragon Help.
Shorter Profile Creation Process
For the first profile, the profile creation wizard simply assigns the profile a name rather than asking you to enter a name (if you want to rename the profile later, use the Manage
Profiles dialog).
The step where Dragon proposed reading a text aloud is now omitted. (As before, you can read a training text after creating your profile; see “Read text to train Dragon to your voice” in the Accuracy Center.)
Similarly, the step where Dragon offered to adapt its vocabulary based on documents and sent emails is now omitted, and you can launch the analysis of documents and emails once your profile is created.
Simplified Audio Setup
13
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
New features
Dragon now detects audio devices better. In most cases, when Dragon presents the list of detected devices, you can just pick the device it shows as recommended and continue.
In addition, the Microphone Check is now just one screen and its text is easier to read.
Important: Using more than one input device is now done by picking Manage Dictation
Sources on the DragonBar’s Profile menu. If you add multiple audio sources in your profile, you benefit from your profile’s refinements(such as changing an option, correcting an error, or analyzing emails to personalize the vocabulary) whenever you use Dragon, regardless of what audio device you’re speaking into (for instance, you could create your profile with a built-in microphone and later add a Bluetooth headset microphone as a source in that same profile.
For details, see 'Using Multiple Dictation Sources with a Single User Profile' in the
Dragon Help.
Open-ended custom commands (Professional and Legal editions only)
In the Professional and Legal editions, Dragon now offers new flexibility for custom command types that support variable names: the ability to end the command’s name with any word or phrase in the vocabulary, as opposed to a word or phrase from a defined list of command variables.
This can allow users to have, for instance, commands that search for given words within their company’s intranet (similar to the built-in search commands like “search Wikipedia for…”).
For details, see 'Creating open-ended custom commands' in the Dragon Help.
Always replaces Ask Me as the default for deferred correction (Professional and
Legal editions only)
The option to automatically create a recording (DRA file) along with your dictated document (available in the Professional and Legal editions only) is now set to Always, by default.
If you wish, you can change it to Never or Ask Me on the Data tab of the Options dialog.
DRA files can be large, so once you no longer need them you may want to delete them.
For details, see 'Correcting dictation later' in the Dragon Help.
Note: The option ‘Always preserve wave data’ has been removed from the Options dialog
(it was on the Data tab, under Advanced).
Operating System support
Support for Windows 8 is enhanced. The New DragonBar can be used in both of
Windows 8's interfaces (the modern interface formerly known as Metro, as well as the desktop interface).
Professional and Legal editions only: The Remote Desktop Connection feature (to dictate from a networked computer on which Dragon is not installed) is now supported for
Windows Server 2012, in addition to Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 Ultimate
14
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
New features
Server.
For details, see Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
and Dragon system requirements .
Updated system requirements
Updates to the system requirements include support for:
-Microsoft ® Internet Explorer 9 or higher or the current version of Chrome or Firefox for
Online Help
-Office 2010 and Office 2013
For details, see Dragon system requirements .
The default value for the "Save recorded dictation with document" option is
'Always'
You can save dictation with your document if you select either "Always" or "Ask me" from the Save recorded dictation with document list on the Options dialog box - Data tab.
If you save your speech data, you can reopen the document at a later time and play back your dictation. If you do not save your speech data, your dictation is not available at a later time.
For details, see the Dragon Help.
Updates to the Dragon log file
In DNS 13, the Dragon log file is stored in a new location and uses a new file format.
For details, see The Dragon log file .
Changes to Dragon client features
The following features have been removed:
-Tip of the Day
-The ability to read a training text “with prompting”
-The non-interactive Tutorial
-The Audio Bar
For more details about Dragon client end-user features, see the Dragon Help.
Auto-saving end-user recognition history data
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking, you can configure Dragon to auto-save recognition history data for Dragon end-users. This feature creates an on disk transcript of Dragon use for each
Dragon end-user. These transcripts can then be used to monitor and help end-users during pilot and training programs.
15
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Dragon writes the end-user recognition data into two recognition history log text files. Dragon always stores the recognition history log files in the end-user’s local User Profile directory on the Dragon client computer. Dragon stores the files in this location regardless if the end-user is a roaming or non-roaming end-user.
You can only consider the data in the recognition history log files as valid when the User
Profile is not loaded. Dragon only allows two recognition history log files to exist at any one time.
The recognition history log files contain private information. You must implement appropriate security measures to protect and control access to the log files.
See the following topics for more information:
n
Creation and management of the recognition history log files
n
Contents of the recognition history log files
n
Enabling or disabling the logging of recognition history for an end-user
n
Removing the recognition history log files
n
Enabling the auto-saving of recognition history during a Dragon push installation
Creation and management of the recognition history log files
Dragon creates and manages two recognition history log files:
n
RecogLog.txt: The current recognition history log file. Dragon saves new recognition history data into this file.
n
RecogLog_<year_month_day>.txt: An older recognition history log file. Dragon no longer saves data into this file. The name of this file includes its creation date, for example, RecogLog_2011_08_04.txt.
The RecogLog files are located:
n
In the local User Profile directory:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users
n
In the backup locations for the User Profiles:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users\backup
When an end-user loads a User Profile, Dragon examines the creation date of the oldest recognition history log file. Dragon keeps a maximum of two log files. Dragon creates a new log file every 10 days or when the size of the old log file exceeds 3 MB.
If creating a new recognition history log file would result in three files, Dragon deletes the oldest recognition history log file.
Contents of the recognition history log files
Each recognition history log file contains the same information you can view in the
Recognition History window:
n
Words, phrases, and commands that Dragon recently recognized for the end-user.
n
All words, phrases, and commands that Dragon has ever recognized for the end-user.
16
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
In addition, each log file includes the following information:
n
The name of the User Profile used to create the recognition data.
n
The name of the vocabulary used to create the recognition data.
n
The name of the dictation audio source used to create the recognition data.
Enabling or disabling the logging of recognition history for an end-user
To enable or disable auto-saving of recognition history for an end-user, perform the following steps on the Dragon client computer:
1. Open text editing software such as Notepad. On Windows 7, or Windows 8, make sure you have administrator rights when you open the text editor (use the “Run as administrator” option to open the text editor).
2. In the text editor, navigate to the folder that contains the nssystem.ini
file.
In Windows 7 and Windows 8, by default, the nssystem.ini file is located in:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
3. In the text editor, open the nssystem.ini
file.
4. In the “[Settings]” section, add the following line of text: SavePer-
UserProfileUtteranceData . The option name is case sensitive. You should type the option name exactly as it appears here.
5. To enable the logging of recognition history, set the SavePer-
UserProfileUtteranceData option to 1 . For example, SavePer-
UserProfileUtteranceData=1 . This will log the spoken form of data.
6. To enable the logging of recognition history, including spoken and written form data, set the SavePerUserProfileUtteranceData option to 2 . For example, SavePer-
UserProfileUtteranceData=2 . This is useful for debugging activities.
7. To disable the logging, delete the SavePerUserProfileUtteranceData line from the .ini file. Optionally, you can set SavePerUserProfileUtteranceData=0 to disable logging.
8. Save and close the nssystem.ini
file.
9. To activate the setting, re-open the User Profile.
Removing the recognition history log files
There are several ways you can remove the recognition history log files for an end-user.
Disable the SavePerUserProfileUtteranceData option
When an end-user loads a User Profile, Dragon checks the profile to see if the
SavePerUserProfileUtteranceData option is enabled.
If the option is disabled (set to 0 or the option is not in nssystem.ini
), when Dragon next loads that particular User Profile, Dragon deletes all existing recognition history log files for that
User Profile.
Manually delete the recognition history log files
Delete the RecogLog.txt
and RecogLog_… .txt
files in the following locations:
17
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
In the local User Profile directory:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users
n
In the backup locations for the User Profiles:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users\backup
Enable auto-saving of recognition history during a Dragon push installation
You can enable auto-saving of recognition history when you install Dragon to workstations using an MSI push install.
1. Use administrator privileges to install Dragon on a Windows computer.
2. Start Dragon.
3. In a text editor, open the nsdefaults.ini
file.
In Windows 7 and Windows 8, by default, the nsdefaults.ini file is located in the following directory:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
4. Add the following line to the nsdefaults.ini
file: SavePerUserProfileUtteranceData option=1 .
5. (Optional) Open Dragon and set options that you want to be set on all Dragon installations
in your network. You can set Dragon Options
Administrative Settings.
6. Save the changes and close Dragon.
7. Copy the updated nsdefaults.ini
file to a new location so you can use the updated file to push install Dragon on other workstations. When you push install the Dragon configuration to other workstations, use the updated nsdefaults.ini
file as input for the DEFAULTSINI option. For example, DEFAULTSINI="c:<path>\nsdefaults.ini".
See step 7 in Install the same Dragon configuration on multiple computers .
For more information about pushing Dragon installations to workstations, see:
n
Overview of the Network Installation of Dragon from a Server
n
Install the same Dragon configuration on multiple computers
Supporting Web applications
Dragon NaturallySpeaking includes Web Application Support that provides Full Text Control when an end-user dictates into Web mail applications. With some limitations, end-users can dictate content and use commands just as they would in a desktop program.
Web application support means support for selected browser-based applications using Rich
Internet Application (RIA) support. RIA support installs extensions in supported Web browsers.
Supported web browsers
Dragon NaturallySpeaking provides RIA support for the following Web browsers:
n
Internet Explorer 9 (32-bit) or higher
n
Mozilla Firefox 12 or higher
18
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
n
Google Chrome 16 or higher
Supported web applications
Dragon NaturallySpeaking recognizes unique commands for the following Web applications:
n
Gmail
n
Hotmail
Non-supported browsers and non-supported web applications
In non-supported web browsers, an end-user can still use Dragon's basic commands with the Web application, but they won't have access to the commands that work specifically with that application.
In non-supported web applications, an end-user can use the Dictation Box to utilize Full Text
Control while they dictate. After the end-user enters text in the Dictation Box, they can transfer the text to a field they are working in.
See the Dragon Help for details.
Enabling and using Web application support
An end-user performs the following general steps to enable web application support:
1. Ensures the requirements for web application support are met.
2. Launches Dragon and launches the browser.
3. Clicks or says "Yes" at the prompt to enable the browser extensions or perform the steps in .
Enabling Web application support in a supported browser
4. Goes to the site for the Web application they want to use and logs in to their account.
5. Determine if the feature is turned on. See Verifying web application support is on
.
6. Begin a dictation session in the web application.
Notes :
n
With Google Chrome - RIA does not work if using Chrome's Incognito mode.
n
After an end-user enables the extensions in Internet Explorer, they must restart the browser or open a new tab before they can use the new commands.
n
Web application support commands don't work if an end-user is working off line.
Verifying web application support is on
When Dragon's Web application support is active in Hotmail or Gmail:
n
-users see a green dot next to objects that they can click by voice
n
-when the cursor in an e-mail field or the message body, the Full Text Control
Indicator is green
Troubleshooting web application support
See Troubleshooting web applications
for details.
19
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Enabling Web application support in a supported browser
Dragon's Rich Internet Application extensions install on a computer when you install Dragon.
Afterwards, the extension must be enabled to work with a supported web browser.
After installing Dragon, the easiest way to enable the extensions is for the end-user to click or say "Yes" to the prompt to enable them the first time the end-user opens one of the supported browsers. The end-user just says or clicks "Yes" to enable the extensions.
The following are the steps for enabling Rich Internet Application extensions with one of the following supported browsers:
n
Internet Explorer 9 (32-bit)
n
Mozilla Firefox 12 or higher
n
Google Chrome 16 or higher
Enabling Web application support in Internet Explorer 9 (32-bit mode) or later
After installing Dragon, a Dragon end-user performs the following steps to enable web application support or to check the extension settings with Internet Explorer 9:
1. Open Internet Explorer.
2. Click the cog icon on the title bar.
3. Click "Manage Add-ons."
4. Scroll the Add-ons list to the section for Nuance Communications, Inc.
5. If the Status column indicates that either the Plugin or Extension is "Disabled," do the following:
vi. Select the name of the item from the list.
vii. Click "Enable"at the bottom of the Manage Add-ons dialog box.
8. Click "Close" to close the Manage Add-ons dialog box.
9. Close and reopen the browser. The feature will now be enabled.
Enabling Web application support in Mozilla Firefox 12 or higher
After installing Dragon, a Dragon end-user performs the following steps to enable web application support or to check the extension settings with Mozilla Firefox:
1. Open Mozilla Firefox.
2. Click the Firefox button to open the Firefox file tab.
3. Click "Add-ons" to open the Extensions pane. The Dragon RIA extension shows.
4. If the extension is disabled, click "Enable."
5. Click "Plugins" to open the Plugins screen, and look for the Dragon RIA plugin.
6. If the extension is disabled, click "Enable."
Be careful when you upgrade!
When you upgrade Firefox, you'll see a window prompting you to choose which add-ons you want to keep active. You must select the Dragon RIA extension, or Firefox will automatically disable it . If this happens, use the steps above to re-enable it.
20
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Enabling Web application support in Google Chrome 16 or higher
After installing Dragon, a Dragon end-user performs the following steps to enable web application support or to check the extension settings with Google Chrome:
1. Open Google Chrome.
2. Click the Wrench icon beside the Address bar to open the Google Customization and
Control menu.
3. Click "Settings."
4. Click "Extensions." The Dragon RIA Extension for Chrome displays.
5. Close and reopen the browser. If necessary, click "Enable" to enable the Dragon Rich
Internet Application extension. A checkmark appears in the "Enabled" checkbox when the Dragon RIA extension is enabled.
Troubleshooting web applications
Check the following items if an end-user experiences issues using Dragon with web applications:
n
Make sure end-users are using a supported browser.
n
Make sure web application support is turned on.
n
Make sure the browser extension or plug-in is enabled: Dragon NaturallySpeaking includes plug-in and extension files that Web browsers use to provide Rich Internet
Application support. If an end-user is having trouble, make sure the RIA plug-in or extension is enabled for the browser they are using. This can be done from a Tools or
Options menu. After enabling it, the end-user must restart the browser.
n
Make sure there are no issues with the site: Changes a site makes to its layout or functionality can cause compatibility problems for Dragon. Nuance makes every effort to keep up with these changes, but if end-users encounter difficulties, please contact
Nuance Technical Support.
n
Make sure end-users are using the correct language: To use Rich Internet
Application support and web browser commands, end-users must set the language of the Web application to the same language as their User Profile. If a profile is set up in English, end-users must set up the web application (Hotmail or Gmail) in English.
n
Make sure end-users are not working offline: Offline mode is not supported for working with Web-based documents.
n
Play back dictation in a web application: use voice commands such as "Play that back," "Read that," and "Read selection." Dragon does not support playback of dictation using menus and buttons.
n
Trouble opening the Correction menu: Dragon does not currently support the following methods for opening the Correction menu when working in web applications:
n
Using the hot key. By default, this is the Minus key (-)
n
Double-clicking on selected text
n
Clicking the Correction button on the DragonBar Extras toolbar
21
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Managing Smart Format Rules
Dragon NaturallySpeaking can learn from the corrections an end-user makes. If the corrections are format related or related to alternate written forms, Smart Format Rules may display a prompt to allow an end-user to set up corresponding format rules for future dictation.
When the end-user edits dictated text that corresponds to an Auto-Formatting option or
Alternate Written Form Formatting, Dragon displays a "hint," asking if the end-user wants to enable or disable the setting. The end-user can also ignore the hint by continuing dictation, making keyboard edits, or saying "Cancel" to close the hint.
If an end-user selects a smart format rule, the rewrite rule will apply for their future dictation.
To revert the rule, the end-user can make corrections in a different way. For example, if you have applied a rule to always rewrite kilogram to kg. Making a correction from “kg” to
“kilogram” will trigger a Smart format rule prompt and you can apply the rule to “always rewrite kg to kilogram”
Smart Format Rules hints display when an end-user edits auto-formatted text using:
n
The Correction menu
n
The Spelling window
n
The keyboard.
Enabling or disabling Smart Format Rules
Both Dragon end-users and administrators can enable or disable Smart Format Rules.
Enabling Smart Format Rules
1. Select Tools menu > Options from the DragonBar.
2. Select Correction .
3. Check the Show Smart Format Rules option.
4. Select OK to close the dialog box and apply your changes.
Disabling Smart Format Rules
1. Select Tools menu > Options from the DragonBar.
2. Select Correction .
3. Uncheck the Show Smart Format Rules option.
4. Select OK to close the dialog box and apply your changes.
Hiding Dictation Box confirmation
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking, Dragon end-users can close the Dictation Box without having to view or respond to the ‘confirm’ dialog box.
Hide the Dictation Box close confirmation for one end-user
1. Make sure Dragon is closed.
2. In Windows 7, on the Dragon workstation, navigate to
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users\<user_name>\current
3. Use a text editor to open the options.ini file.
4. To have Dragon not display the close confirmation dialog box, add the following to the options.ini file: Confirm Dictation Box Close=0
22
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
5. To have Dragon display the close confirmation dialog box again, delete the Confirm Dictation Box Close line from the options.ini file.
6. Save the options.ini file.
Hide the Dictation Box close confirmation for all created end-users
1. Start Dragon.
2. In Windows 7 or Windows 8, on the Dragon workstation, navigate to
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
3. Use a text editor to open the nsdefaults.ini
file.
4. To have Dragon not display the confirmation dialog box for all end-users created on the
Dragon installation, add the following two lines to the nsdefaults.ini
file:
[options.ini Options]
Confirm Dictation Box Close=0 .
5. Save the changes and close Dragon.
6. Copy the updated nsdefaults.ini
file to a new location so you can use the updated file to push install Dragon on other workstations. When you push install the Dragon configuration to other workstations, use the updated nsdefaults.ini
file as input for the
DEFAULTSINI option. For example, DEFAULTSINI="c:<path>\nsdefaults.ini".
See step 7 in Install the same Dragon configuration on multiple computers .
For more information about pushing Dragon installations to workstations, see:
n
Overview of the Network Installation of Dragon from a Server
n
Install the same Dragon configuration on multiple computers
Sending a notification when the AutoTranscribe Folder
Agent completes a transcription job
Administrators can use the command line send an email notification when the
AutoTranscribe Folder Agent completes a transcription job. After the transaction job completes, the agent sends an email to an address specified by the administrator or enduser.
Users need to specify a path to a .cmd file and must specify the email address of the email recipient(s) in the Command line field on the Dragon AutoTranscribe Folder Agent dialog.
When the Auto-Transcribe Folder Agent dialog completes a transaction job, an email is sent to the email address or addresses in the Command line field.
An email notification can be sent using Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server, SMTP, or Lotus
Notes.
Note: The mapisend.exe, blat.exe, bmail.exe tools are third party software and Dragon does not include them.
Microsoft Exchange command line example
Message syntax mapisend.exe -u <profile> -p <password> -r <recipient> -s
<subject>
23
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Example cmd file content
@echo off
Echo "Output directory - " %1
Echo "Output filename - " %2
Echo "Output format - " %3
If "%3" == "TXT" ( mapisend.exe -u Microsoft Outlook Profile - p ********* -r %4 -s
"Transcribing has been completed"
)
If "%3" == "RTF" ( mapisend.exe -u Microsoft Outlook Profile - p ********* -r %4 -s
"Transcribing has been completed"
)
If "%3" == "DOC" ( mapisend.exe -u Microsoft Outlook Profile - p ********* -r %4 -s
"Transcribing has been completed"
) mapisend.exe options
n
- u profile - the end-user mailbox of the sender
n
-p password - mailbox password of the sender
n
-r recipient - email address(s) of the recipient. If more than one recipient - separate with ';' these must not be ambiguous in the default address book.
n
-s subject - subject line of the email message
n
-text message [options]
n
-text_file [options] options:
n
-i interactive login (prompts for profile and password)
n
-c cc: list
n
-f File Attachment - path and file name(s)
n
-v generates verbose output (an 8 line summary of the message)
SMTP command line example
Message syntax bmail.exe -s <server_name>-t <recipient> -a <subject> –d
Example cmd file content
@echo off
Echo “Output directory - ” %1
Echo “Output filename - ” %2
24
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Echo “Output format - ” %3
If “%3” == “TXT” ( bmail.exe -s smtp.companyname.com -t %4 -a "Transcribing has been completed"
)
If “%3” == “RTF” ( bmail.exe -s smtp.companyname.com -t %4 -a "Transcribing has been completed"
)
If “%3” == “DOC” ( bmail.exe -s smtp.companyname.com -t %4 -a "Transcribing has been completed"
) bmail.exe options
n
-s SMTP Server Name - the name of the SMTP server
n
-p SMTP Port Number (optional, defaults to 25) - the port number of the
SMTP server
n
-t To: Address - email address(s) of the recipient
n
-f From: Address - email address(s) of the sender
n
-b Text Body of Message (optional) - text for the body of the email message
n
-h Generate Headers
n
-a Subject (optional) - subject line of the email message
n
-m Filename (optional) - use file as Body of Message
n
-c - Prefix above file with CR/LF to separate body from header
n
-d Debug -Show all mail server communications
See the Dragon Help for details.
The Dragon Support Packager
Dragon NaturallySpeaking provides a new tool to improve customer support interaction should you experience a problem.
The Dragon Support Packager (dragon_support_packager.exe) collects and important files and data and places them into an encrypted package. This encrypted package can then be sent to Nuance Technical support to help resolve any issues you might be experiencing.
Starting the Dragon Support Packager
You can run the Dragon Support Packager without starting Dragon, and even if there are no
User Profiles. If there are no User Profiles or if there is only one profile, the packager
25
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide automatically presses Proceed .
1. On the Start Menu, select Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Tools > Gather files for support .
2. In the Choose the User Profile to investigate dialog box, select a User Profile.
3. Click Proceed .
4. In the Save As dialog, Choose a place to save the Dragon archive file.
5. Click Save .
6. When the progress bar reaches 100%, click Finished .
26
7. Find the .dgnarc file and email it to Nuance Technical Support.
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
What to do if the Dragon Support Packager produces an error
The Dragon Support Packager creates a log file every time it runs. If the packager fails to run properly, the packager creates a log file. You can use the log file and the dump file to view error information if the packager crashes. Every time the packager runs, it overwrites both the log file and the dump file.
Location of the Dragon Support Packager log file
<Windows OS User Temp>\DragonSupportPackager_log.txt
For example, on Windows 7:
C:\Users\<user_name>\AppData\Local\Temp\DragonSupportPackager_log.txt
Location of the Dragon Support Packager dump file
<Windows OS User Temp>\DragonSupportPackager_crash_000.dmp
Setting the amount of information to log
You can control the amount of data that the packager logs. From a command line, run dragon_support_packager.exe, using the /vl argument to specify the verbosity level of the log file.
You can set /vl to 0, 1, 2, or 3.
0 means no data is placed in the log file.
3 places the maximum amount of data in the log file.
The default verbosity level is 1.
For example: dragon_support_packager.exe /vl=3
Creating Windows shortcuts to User Profiles and
Vocabularies
If Dragon NaturallySpeaking is shared with other people, or if a person has more than one
User Profile, you can create Windows Shortcuts on the Desktop to start Dragon
NaturallySpeaking and open particular User Profiles. If User Profiles have multiple
Vocabularies, you can also specify the Vocabulary to open.
To create a shortcut to a User Profile and Vocabulary
1. Right-click the Dragon NaturallySpeaking shortcut icon on the Windows Desktop and then click Properties to open the icon's Properties dialog box.
2. Click the Shortcut tab of the Properties dialog box.
In the Start In box, at the end of the path type " natspeak.exe /user <User Profile name> ". The text in the target box should look similar to the following line:
27
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
"C:\Program Files (x86)
\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\Natspeak.exe/user "David" " for Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows Server 2008.
David is the name of the User Profile.
For Roaming User Profiles :
Or, if Roaming User is enabled, type the path to the Master Roaming User Profile location, then /user, then the sub-folder if applicable, and then the User Profile name on the network. The text in the target box should look similar to the following:
" C:\Program Files (x86)
\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\Natspeak.exe/user
"\\<server_name>\<subfolder_path>\<user_profile_name>"for
(Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows Server 2008)
For Vocabularies
To specify a Vocabulary, follow the User Profile name with "/Vocabulary" and the name of the Vocabulary. The text in the target box should look similar to the following:
"C:\Program
Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\NatSpeak.exe" /user
"David" /Vocabulary Psychiatry
If the User Profile or Vocabulary name contains a space, enclose the name in quotation marks. For example, enter: /user "Mike Workman" /Vocabulary "Family
Medicine - Large"
If the User Profile name contains a space, enclose the name in quotation marks.
For example, type: /user "Mike Workman"
3. Click OK .
When finished, double-click the shortcut icon to start Dragon NaturallySpeaking. The User
Profile opens along with the Vocabulary specified.
Types of Paths
The path can be a UNC, HTTP, or HTTPS path:
UNC
"C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\Natspeak.exe" /user
"\\<directory>\<directory>\<username>"
For example:
"C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\Natspeak.exe" /user
"\\Roaming\Profiles\Roaming1"
HTTP or HTTPS
28
Chapter 1: Introduction to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
"C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\Natspeak.exe"
/user "http://<url_of_server>\<user_name>"
For example:
"C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\Natspeak.exe"
/user "http://test01.roam.test\Roaming1"
n
The path to an HTTP or HTTPS location must only contain forward slashes - the same as the Network Location dialog.
n
Precede the username with a backslash.
Tip
It is possible to add a shortcut to the top of the Start menu by dragging the shortcut icon onto the Start button.
Using multiple acoustic models with a User Profile
If the computer that an end-user dictates on meets certain system requirements, Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 uses two acoustic models with a User Profile. Using two acoustic models instead of one improves recognition and dictation accuracy. Acoustic models that can be added in pairs to a User Profile are called BestMatch V models.
Any time you add a new dictation source to a User Profile that uses two BestMatch V models, the dictation source will also be associated with the two models.
A User Profile with two BestMatch V models uses more computer resources, including RAM memory, than a User Profile with one acoustic model. Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 uses two BestMatch V models on a multi-core computer with at least 4 GB RAM. Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 recognizes when it is installed on a computer that meets these system requirements and selects the BestMatch V acoustic model as the default.
Acoustic Optimization for User Profiles with BestMatch V acoustic models
BestMatch V is normally the default acoustic model if the system has at least 4GB of RAM.
If a User Profile includes BestMatch V models, you must run the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer (ACO) on a computer with multi-core processors. Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 uses two BestMatch V models only on a multi-core computer with at least 4 GB of RAM.
If the ACO processes a User Profile that was created on a computer with multi-core processors, the optimizer always selects the BestMatch V models to optimize.
If a User Profile is associated with BestMatch III models without accents, and you run the optimizer on a computer that supports BestMatch IV models, if automatic acoustic model selection is enabled, the optimizer will automatically choose a BestMatch IV model to optimize.
29
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Multiple acoustic models and User Profiles on single and multi-core computers
If an end-user creates a User Profile on a multi-core computer, when the end-user opens the
User Profile on a single-core computer, Dragon uses the first acoustic model for recognition.
Dragon does not load the second acoustic model.
If an end-user creates a User Profile on a single-core computer, when the end-user opens the
User Profile on a multi-core computer, Dragon uses the single acoustic model for recognition.
If an end-user selects BestMatch V models for a User Profile and trains the profile on a multicore computer, when the end-user opens the User Profile on a single-core computer, Dragon displays the following warning message:
"Your computer has a single core processor. You have opened a User Profile created on a computer with a multi-core processor.
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 will work normally on this computer but you may see some change in performance and accuracy".
30
Installing, modifying and upgrading Dragon
To install Dragon NaturallySpeaking:
1. Be sure your systems meet the system requirements .
2. Prepare for the installation or upgrade by backing up User Profiles before upgrading.
3. Install or upgrade the software by choosing the type of installation. See the table below for installation options.
4. Become familiar with the Dragon file structure
and carry out other post installation tasks.
Note : When an administrator installs Dragon NaturallySpeaking, installation instructions appear in the primary language for the product. An administrator cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, when an administrator installs Dragon, Professional English, installation instructions appear in English.
31
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Installation topic
Installation checklists
Topic link
System requirements
Preparing for an installation or upgrade
n
n
n
Preparing for an installation or upgrade
n
Installing on a single computer
Installing Dragon on a single computer
This topic describes the basics steps for installing Dragon on a single computer. It covers both a Typical/Complete installation and a Custom installation, sometimes linking you to further detail in another topic.
Installing using the Windows Installer (MSI)
Dragon includes a native Windows Installer (MSI) that lets an administrator customize installations as well as install across a network to multiple client computers. In addition, an administrator can use this service to upgrade, modify, repair, or remove an existing Dragon installations.
Upgrading from a previous version
An administrator can upgrade installations to Dragon NaturallySpeaking from Dragon 11.x and 12.x.
View the Dragon file structure and carry out post installation tasks
n
n
Upgrading from a previous version
n
Troubleshooting silent install errors
If an error occurs during a silent install of Dragon, the installer does not display any error information. You will not see any error messages.
You can find information about the error in the dgnsetup.log file in the Temp directory. Use the information to resolve the problem yourself or supply the log file to Nuance Technical Support for additional investigation. Whenever a new install or upgrade is performed, information is appended to the dgnsetup.log file.
You can also review the msi*.log file for information about installation errors. Whenever a new install or upgrade is performed, a new msi*.log file is created in the Temp directory.
Search for silent install error information in log files
1. On Windows 7, or Windows 8, navigate to C:\Users\<user_ name>\AppData\Local\Temp .
2. Use a text editor like Notepad to open dgnsetup.log.
3. Search for the following words: "Error", "Severe", and "Warning".
32
4. Scroll through to the bottom of the log file to view information about the installation error.
5. In the Temp directory, find the msi*.log file with a 'last modified' date and time stamp that is similar to the 'last modified' date and time stamp of the dgnsetup.log file.
6. Use a text editor like Notepad to open the msi*.log file.
7. Scroll through to the bottom of the log file to view information about the installation error.
33
Chapter 2: Preparing to Install
Dragon
This section contains information on the prerequisites for installing Dragon, Dragon system requirements, and information on which Dragon products you can install on the same computer.
Preparing for an installation or upgrade
Before installing, modifying, or upgrading Dragon NaturallySpeaking:
n
Close all open applications.
n
Turn off or disable any antivirus software; installation can sometimes trigger a false virus report.
n
Look at the supplied Installation Checklist .
Installation restrictions
n
Be sure your system meets the hardware requirements before attempting to install Dragon
NaturallySpeaking. See Dragon system requirements
n
Administrator rights are not required to create a User Profile or use the software after installation.
n
These restrictions also apply to an upgrade installation: On Windows 7, Windows 8, ,
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012, if you want to create a Dragon User
Profile for a Windows limited user (with restricted privileges), you must log on to Windows using that limited user account, then create the Dragon User Profile. If you create a Dragon user account for a Windows limited user while logged in as a Windows administrator, the limited user will not be able to access that user account.
n
Dragon NaturallySpeaking is licensed on a “per individual” basis. You are permitted to install the software on more than one computer (for example, on a desktop and a laptop computer, or on a work and a home computer), but you cannot use the software concurrently on more than one computer.
You are permitted to create multiple User Profiles, so long as each User Profile is for a
34
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide single individual. If someone else wants to create or use another User Profile, that person must purchase a separate license for Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
Volume license agreements are available.
File Structure
Upgrading from Dragon 11.x or 12.x automatically relocates some Dragon directories and files.
For information, see Dragon File Structure
.
Installation checklist
Installation checklist
Do all of your workstations meet the recommended system requirements for Dragon?
Will you install the Dragon software manually at each computer or will installation be
unattended? (If the latter, read Installing, modifying, and upgrading Dragon for information on
setup or MSI command-line parameters.)
Which features will you install on each computer?
Which vocabularies do you need to install on each computer?
Note: Installing only selected vocabularies helps conserve disk space consumption and shortens setup time. A full installation with all vocabularies uses about 4800 MB and takes about 20 minutes, while an installation with only
one vocabulary uses less than 1800 MB. See Dragon system requirements
for more information on disk size requirements.
Will you install the tutorial (recommended)?
Will you install the text-to-speech component?
Will you set up roaming User Profiles? (Read Setting up the Roaming feature )
If so, where will you place the User Profiles?
In a shared network directory?
In multiple shared network directories? (for example, one per department or clinic)
In each end-user’s Windows home directory?
Note: Placing each end-user’s profile in his or her Windows home directory is not recommended, because this makes it more difficult for the administrator to perform operations on multiple User
35
Chapter 2: Preparing to Install Dragon
Profiles, such as running the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer or upgrading User Profiles to a new version.
On an Internet server running WebDAV (HTTP roaming)?
If not, what location will you designate as the backup directory for each
User Profile?
Where will you place the data distribution directory for distributing word lists and command sets?
Will you be collecting data for the acoustic optimizer?
Will you restrict end-users from modifying commands and vocabularies?
Which default end-user-specific options will you set at installation time?
(See the Dragon Help on the Options dialog.) Which Administrative options
will you set?.
Note: Where you store User Profiles will also depend on other factors. Each
UserProfile requires about 160 MB hard disk space if it is local, 55 MB if it is roaming. With default settings, acoustic optimizer data can take up to an additional space per workstation, to a total of 1000 MB in the master Roaming
User Profile (more precisely, 1000 MB per dictation source per master
Roaming User Profile).
Upgrade checklist
Are there User Profiles that need to be upgraded from a previous version?
If so, will an administrator upgrade them or will each end-user upgrade his/her own?
Support Checklist
Who will be responsible for running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer?
Who is responsible for collecting word lists and commands?
Who is responsible for distributing word lists and commands?
Will words and commands be distributed through the data distribution directory or by some other means, such as email?
Who will Dragon end-users contact if they need help?
36
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Dragon system requirements
During the installation process, the software checks that your system meets the following requirements. If they are not met, Dragon will not be installed.
Dragon supports Microsoft Office 2010 & 2013.
- RAM : Minimum: 2 GB for 32-bit Windows 7, 8 & 8.1.
4 GB for 64-bit Windows 7, 8 & 8.1 and Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012 .
- CPU : Minimum: 2.2 GHz Intel® dual core or equivalent AMD processor. Faster processors yield faster performance .
- Free hard disk space : 4GB
- Supported Operating Systems : Windows 7 32-bit and 64-bit; Windows 8 & 8.1, 32-bit and 64-bit; Windows Server 2008 R2; Windows Server 2012.
- Internet Explorer 9 or higher or the current version of Chrome or Firefox for Online Help.
- A sound card supporting 16-bit recording.
- A DVD-ROM drive for installation.
- A Nuance-approved microphone. See support.nuance.com/compatibility for more information.
- An Internet connection for automatic product activation (a quick anonymous process).
Note
Streaming SIMD Extensions (SSE) are not supported.
37
Chapter 2: Preparing to Install Dragon
Operating systems and RAM
Operating system 32-bit 64-bit RAM min
Windows
Server
2012
Windows
Server
2008 R2
(SP2 or higher)
Windows 8,
8.1
Windows 8,
8.1
X
X
X
√
√
√
√
X
4 GB
4 GB
4 GB
4 GB
Windows 7,
SP1 or higher
X √ 4 GB
Windows 7,
SP1 or higher
√ X 2 GB
Note: Windows Vista, Windows XP SP2 and Windows XP 64-bit, Windows 2000,
Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, and Windows XP 64-bit are not supported and installation is blocked on those systems.
Note
* If your computer has less than the recommended amount of RAM, Dragon will install but displays a message recommending that you install additional RAM for optimum performance.
Computer class
Desktop
Laptop
Netbook
Minimum resolution
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1024 x 600
Storage space required for User Profiles
Adequate storage space must be available for Dragon User Profiles (that store information about each particular person's voice, vocabulary, custom commands (if applicable), and
38
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide option settings. The space needs to exist on:
n
Stand-alone installations where end-users work on dedicated computers.
n
File servers where Master Roaming User Profiles are stored.
n
Only for Enterprise Profile Management Central computers (sometimes servers) where Master Roaming User Profiles are stored.
Having Roaming User Profiles lets end-users run Dragon on more than one computer or device by accessing centrally stored provider-specific voice and speech information, rather than requiring that the profile be on each computer.
Roaming User Profiles also let end-users with one computer use Dragon from different locations that have a connection to the network, for example, the office, at home, or different locations with the office or home.
The following information should be treated as guidelines for allocating disk space on your system. The actual amount of disk space will vary from site to site.
For each Master Roaming User Profile (User Profiles stored on the central computer), you should plan to have this much space:
n
55 MB for each Roaming User Profile
n
18 MB for each additional vocabulary you add for this User Profile
n
70 MB for each additional dictation source you add for this User Profile
n
1000 MB for Acoustic Optimizer data associated with each dictation source of each
User Profile
To set how much data you have elected to store:
1. On the DragonBar , select Tools > Administrative Settings .
2. When the Administrative Settings dialog box opens, check the Disk space reserved for network archive option.
In addition, for the Local Roaming User Profile, you should plan to have the following space on each PC where the end-user dictates:
n
55 MB for each Roaming User Profile
n
18 MB for each additional vocabulary added for this user profile
n
70 MB for each additional dictation source added for this user profile
n
240 MB for acoustic optimizer data associated with each dictation source of each User
Profile
The settings in the Data tab of the Options dialog box control how much acoustic optimizer data Dragon retains locally:
1. To set the number of minutes of audio to retain locally, click the Archive size...
button and position the slider.
2. To turn off retaining this data locally, check the Conserve disk space required by User profile (for portability) option.
A non-Roaming User Profile requires approximately three times as much disk space as a local Roaming User Profile. Dragon periodically creates a backup copy of a non-Roaming
39
Chapter 2: Preparing to Install Dragon
User Profile and stores the copy on the local computer. On the other hand, a Roaming User
Profile is stored in a network storage location and Dragon does not create a backup copy of a Roaming User Profile.
An administrator should create backup copies of all Roaming User Profiles on a regular basis.
Coexistence with other Dragon products
Coexistence with previous versions of Dragon
You can have only one version of Dragon installed on your system.
Note: Running Dragon 11.x or Dragon 12.x concurrently with Dragon
NaturallySpeaking is not supported.
Coexistence with Dragon SDK Client Edition
You can install Dragon SDK Client Edition 11 on the same computer where Dragon
NaturallySpeaking is installed. In addition, Dragon NaturallySpeaking and Dragon SDK
Client Edition can share User Profiles.
If you install the Dragon 11 SDK Client Edition (DSC 11) and Dragon NaturallySpeaking on the same machine, if you uninstall DSC 11, you may not be able to start Dragon
NaturallySpeaking. To fix this issue, run the Repair option from the installation DVD. Enter the installation DVD into the DVD drive of the Dragon workstation and start the installation process. At the prompt, select the Repair option and follow the instructions on the screen.
If you are running Dragon SDK Client Edition, you can not display the DragonBar.
Note: Dragon NaturallySpeaking can coexist with Dragon SDK Client Edition
11.x. and 12.x.
Run Dragon SDK Client Edition 11 on a computer with Dragon NaturallySpeaking
You must have administrator privileges to perform the following step. In Windows 7, and
Windows 8, make sure to elevate the command prompt.
At a command prompt, type the following command:
Run Dragon NaturallySpeaking on a computer with Dragon SDK Client Edition 11
You must have administrator privileges to perform the following step. In Windows 7, and
Windows 8, make sure to elevate the command prompt.
At a command prompt, type the following command:
/fixguids
40
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
This section provides information on how to install Dragon, post-installation tasks, the Dragon file structure, sample commands.
Note : Upgrading from Dragon 10.x or earlier to Dragon 13 is not supported.
Installing Dragon on a single computer
This topic presents the basic steps for installing Dragon NaturallySpeaking on a single computer.
For a complete step-by-step procedure of installing Dragon on a single computer, please see the
Dragon Getting Started Guide , available in printed form, or the Dragon User Guide , available on the DVD in \documentation\enx\User Guide.pdf
.
Notes:
n
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking, the installation process does not present the QuickStart option. If you wish to enable this option, you can do so after Dragon is installed.
n
You must have Windows Administrator rights to install or uninstall Dragon
NaturallySpeaking. For more information about how Administrator rights impact the creation of Dragon
User Profiles, refer to Preparing for an installation or upgrade
.
n
When you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking, Dragon installs using the primary language for the product. You cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, when you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking, English version,
Dragon installs using the English language.
If you attempt to use the setup.exe with the /l option on the command line to install 5 using a non-primary language, the installation process uses the primary language for that edition of Dragon and ignores the /l option.
Installing on Windows 7, or Windows 8
For information about installing the product on Windows 7, or Windows 8, refer to Installing or
Upgrading to Windows Vista, Windows 7 or Windows 8.
Installing Dragon on a single computer
1. Insert the first Dragon DVD into your DVD drive or if installing from network drive, click on setup.exe
.
If the installation does not start automatically, use the Windows Explorer to find and double-click
42
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide setup.exe on the DVD.
When you start the installation, you might see a message from your operating system about a program that needs your permission to continue. Click Continue to start the installation.
2. After the installation Wizard begins, click Next to proceed to the License Agreement screen. Read the text of the agreement and select I accept ..., then click Next .
3. Enter your customer information—User Name and Organization—then the Serial Number supplied with your Dragon installation.
4. Choose your Setup Type :
If you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation, you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify .
1. Typical/Complete : Installs all options and User Profiles and requires the most disk space.
2. Custom : Lets you select options and User Profiles to install. Customizing your installation options can greatly reduce the disk space required.
In the Professional and Legal editions of Dragon, you can modify the following settings during a custom installation. These settings are applied to all User Profiles created with this installation of Dragon, including User
Profiles created using Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows
Server 2008 and R2, and Windows Server 2012 limited accounts.
5. Click Next .
6. If you chose the Custom setup type, the installer displays a screen that lets you select the features to install. Select features and click Next . The installation process will display dia-
43
log boxes that let you set the options.
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
7. On the next screen, click Install .
8. Continue following the on-screen instructions. The setup program will install the files for
Dragon on your computer.
9. If you did a Custom installation, one or more of the following windows appears:
1. If you checked Modify the application's settings for all users , the installation process will display the Options dialog box. For more information on the Options dialog box, see the main Dragon Help file.
2. If you checked Modify the administrative settings , the installation process will display the Administrative Settings dialog box. For more information on setting administrative options under the Roaming , Miscellaneous , and Scheduled Tasks tabs:
1. See Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
2. See Administrative Settings: Miscellaneous
3. See Administrative Settings: Scheduled Tasks
3. If you checked Modify the formatting options for all users , the installation process will display the Auto-Formatting dialog box. For more information on the Auto-Formatting dialog box, see the main
Dragon Help file.
11. When installation of Dragon is complete, the installer displays the InstallShield Wizard
Completed screen. By default, the 'Check for updates when setup is finished' option is
44
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide selected. Click Finish .
12. On the Product Registration screen, choose to register Dragon online now or register
Dragon in seven days, then click OK .
13. To start Dragon, select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon
NaturallySpeaking
Activating Dragon
The first time you start Dragon , you will be prompted to activate your copy of Dragon . If you do not activate the software, Dragon will stop working after you start the product fives times.
For more information on activation, please see the Dragon User Guide .
Enable or disable tutorials during a custom Dragon installation
You can choose to enable both Dragon interactive tutorial and the language tutorial when you perform a custom installation of Dragon.
1. In the Dragon installation wizard, on the Select the program features you want installed screen, perform one of the following steps:
l
To install and enable both the Dragon interactive tutorial and the language tutorial, select Tutorial Files .
45
l
To turn off both the Dragon interactive tutorial and the language tutorial, click the down arrow beside Tutorial Files , and select This feature will be installed when
required .
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
l
To install and enable the Dragon interactive tutorial and turn off the language tutorial, click the down arrow beside <Language> Tutorial and select This feature will be installed when required .
2. Click Next .
46
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Sample custom installation of Dragon
Note : This is an example only and is provided to give administrators an overview of a typical installation and the kind of decisions you have to make. Though the example provides recommendations it is not meant as a substitute for your own planning.
For more information, see:
n
n
Installing Dragon on a single computer
n
Step-by-Step Command Line Installation
n
Overview of Installing Dragon using the Windows Installer (MSI)
Preparing for the Roaming feature
1. Create network storage location for Master Roaming User Profiles. For example, you can create a shared drive that all Dragon end-users will have read/write access to. In this example, we'll name this shared folder Dragon .
2. In the shared Dragon folder, you can create 2 sub-folders; Dragon Profiles and Data
Directory .
l
Dragon Profiles is the location for the master copies of the User Profiles.
(For planning purposes allow for 1100 MB per User Profile.)
l
Data Directory is the location for custom commands and word lists that automatically update the User Profiles by use of the Data Distribution
Tool.
For more information, see Setting up the Roaming feature
.
Install Dragon
1. Insert the first Dragon DVD into your DVD drive or if installing from network drive, click on setup.exe
.
If the installation does not start automatically, use the Windows Explorer to find and double-click setup.exe on the DVD.
When you start the installation, you might see a message from your operating system about a program that needs your permission to continue. Click Continue to start the installation.
2. After the installation Wizard begins, click Next to proceed to the License Agreement screen. Read the text of the agreement and select I accept ..., then click Next .
3. Enter your customer information—User Name and Organization—then the Serial Number supplied with your Dragon installation.
4. Choose your Setup Type :
If you decide not to install some Dragon components by selecting Custom installation, you can install them later by running the Setup program again and choosing Modify .
1. Typical/Complete : Installs all options and User Profiles and requires the most disk space.
2. Custom : Lets you select options and User Profiles to install. Customizing your installation options can greatly reduce the disk space required.
In the Professional and Legal editions of Dragon, you can modify the
47
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon following settings during a custom installation. These settings are applied to all User Profiles created with this installation of Dragon, including User Profiles created using Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows 8,
Windows Server 2008 and R2, and Windows Server 2012 limited accounts.
5. Click Next .
6. If you chose the Custom setup type, the installer displays a screen that lets you select the features to install. Select features and click Next . The installation process will display dialog boxes that let you set the options.
7. On the next screen, click Install .
8. Continue following the on-screen instructions. The setup program will install the files for
Dragon on your computer.
9. If you did a Custom installation, one or more of the following windows appears:
1. If you checked Modify the application's settings for all users , the installation process will display the Options dialog box. For more information on the Options dialog box, see the main Dragon Help file.
2. If you checked Modify the administrative settings , the installation process will display the Administrative Settings dialog box. For more information on setting administrative options under the Roaming , Miscellaneous , and Scheduled Tasks tabs:
48
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
1. See Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
2. See Administrative Settings: Miscellaneous
3. See Administrative Settings: Scheduled Tasks
3. If you checked Modify the formatting options for all users , the installation process will display the Auto-Formatting dialog box. For more information on the Auto-Formatting dialog box, see the main Dragon
Help file.
11. When installation of Dragon is complete, the installer displays the InstallShield Wizard
Completed screen. By default, the 'Check for updates when setup is finished' option is selected. Click Finish .
12. On the Product Registration screen, choose to register Dragon online now or register
Dragon in seven days, then click OK .
13. To start Dragon, select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon
NaturallySpeaking
Setting the Dragon Options
When the installation is complete, the three customization dialog boxes will open. The first to open is the Options dialog box.
Correction tab:
You use this tab to control how the correction feature and spelling features work.
In this example:
n
Check Enable double-click to correct . Selecting this checkbox gives the end-user a way to correct with the mouse.
49
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
The Commands tab:
You use this tab to set options that control how Dragon interprets commands. Unless otherwise indicated, changing these options only affects user profiles created in the future; any other end-users keep their existing settings.
The following example shows the default settings:
50
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
51
The View tab:
You use the View tab to control the behavior and appearance of the DragonBar and the
Results Box .
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
The Hot keys tab:
You use the Hot keys tab to specify hot key assignments.
If your end-users will be using Dragon on a Notebook, then click Microphone on/off and hit the F10 key to change the hotkey.
52
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
53
The Playback/Text-to-Speech tab:
You use the Playback/Text-to-speech tab to adjust the attributes of text-to-speech and playback.
In this example, increase the Speed slider slightly. The default value is a little too slow. For example:
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
The Miscellaneous tab:
You use this tab to set miscellaneous options.
In this example
n
Leave the Have the microphone on but asleep option unchecked unless the enduser cannot or does not want to use their hands to turn the microphone on and off.
For example:
54
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
55
The Data tab:
You use the Data tab to instruct Dragon to store corrections in an archive, conserve disk space for better portability of User Profiles, and control how Dragon adapts training, saves recorded dictation, and backs up User Profiles.
In this example:
n
Set the Automatically back up user profile every "n" saves to nothing if your endusers are using the Roaming feature. When you have an end-user with a Roaming
User Profile, the Master Roaming User Profile most likely resides on a server that should be backed up every night.
For example:
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
Setting the Administrative Options: Roaming User Profiles
The second dialog to open at the end of the installation is the Administrative Settings dialog box. This section describes the Roaming tab of the Administrative options dialog box
You use the Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box to set up the
Roaming feature. You must set up the Roaming feature on each computer where you want
end-users to dictate with a Roaming User Profile. For more information, see Administrative
In this example:
1. Select Enable to activate the Roaming feature and the Roaming User Profile options.
2. Click the Add button. You use the Roaming User Network Location dialog box to define the network location of the master Roaming User Profiles. The location you pick must be accessible to all computers on the network that you want available for dictation with Dragon . In this example, we'll use the network storage location we initially
56
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide created.
57
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
3. The Administrative Settings dialog box also contains several options that you can choose from to indicate how you want a Roaming User Profile to function at each
Roaming User Profile location.
In addition to the default settings, also enable the Access network at user profile open/close only .
4. You will be prompted to create the default directory if it does not already exist. When you see the message, always click Yes :
Setting the Administrative Options: Miscellaneous options
When the installation is complete, the three customization dialog boxes will open. The second to open is the Administrative Settings dialog box. This section describes the
Administrative options dialog box
In this example, click Change...
to set the location of the Data Distribution Location to the network directory that you created at the beginning.
58
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Setting the Administrative Options: Scheduled Tasks
When the installation is complete, the three customization dialog boxes will open. The second to open is the Administrative Settings dialog box. This section describes the Scheduled
Tasks tab of the Administrative options dialog box
The following example shows the default settings for the Scheduled Tasks tab:
59
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
For more information, see the Dragon Help file.
Setting Auto-Formatting Options
The third dialog to open at the end of the installation is the Auto-Formatting dialog box. For example, this version of the Auto-Formatting dialog box displays when you are installing a non-medical edition of Dragon:
60
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
61
To set Auto-Formatting Options
1. Set the Auto-Formatting options.
2. Click OK to save your changes in the current tab, close the Auto-Formatting dialog box, and have the changes take effect. Your changes do not take effect until after you close the dialog box.
Nuance recommends that you review these tabs to make appropriate choices for your site.
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
Post Installation Tasks
Once you have installed or upgraded Dragon , you might want to carry out some of these tasks before you proceed:
n
Cleaning up after uninstalling Dragon
n
n
Turning off Dragon's use of Microsoft Active Accessibility Service
Cleaning up after uninstalling Dragon NaturallySpeaking
The following files will remain on your computer after you uninstall Dragon
NaturallySpeaking.
C:\Windows\Speech
n
VText.dll
n
Vdict.dll
n
WrapSAPI.dll
n
XTel.dll
n
Xcommand.dll
n
Xlisten.dll
n
Xvoice.dll
n spchtel.dll
n speech.cnt
n speech.dll
n speech.hlp
n vcauto.tlb
n vcmd.exe
n vcmshl.dll
n vtxtauto.tlb
Dragon installs these files for Microsoft SAPI4 support. If you do not have other speech applications that require SAPI4, you can safely remove these files manually. If have installed other speech applications that require SAPI4 support, you may need to re-install those applications if you remove the files.
Dragon file structure
Upgrading Dragon automatically relocates some directories and files.
Dragon sets up the following default folders and file locations for application and data file storage during installation:
Windows 7/Windows 8
Dragon log, Upgrade log
C:\Users\All Users\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\<user_name>
62
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
User Profiles
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users
Roaming User Profiles (local folder)
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers
Vocabularies and Acoustic Models
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Data
Custom words and commands
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\<language>\NewW ords.txt
Program files
For 64-bit systems
C:\Program Files (x86)\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program
For 32-bit systems
C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program
Help
For 32-bit systems
C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Help
Interactive Tutorial files
For 32-bit systems
C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\itutorial
For 64-bit systems
C:\Program Files (x86)\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Help
For 64-bit systems
C:\Program Files (x86)\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\itutorial
Turning off Dragon's use of Microsoft Active Accessibility
Service
Dragon NaturallySpeaking uses Microsoft Active Accessibility Service to let you control certain menus and dialog boxes by voice. Without Microsoft Active Accessibility Service, you would be unable to use Dragon to select menu commands and dialog box controls with your voice.
If you don't need to control the menus and dialog boxes by voice, you can speed up Dragon performance by turning off Microsoft Active Accessibility Services.
To turn off Active Accessibility Services in Dragon for all applications
1. Open the Options dialog box by selecting Tools > Options on the DragonBar .
2. Click the Miscellaneous tab.
3. Clear the Voice enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding box if it is selected.
4. Click OK . You will need to exit and re-start Dragon for this change to take effect.
63
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
Use a command line to turn off Active Accessibility in Dragon for specific applications
1. Exit Dragon .
2. Open nssystem.ini in a text editor. By default, nssystem.ini is located in:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking1313
for information on Dragon paths in other Windows operating systems.
3. Under [MSAA Modules Disabled] , add a line similar to the following for each application where you want to disable the use of Active Accessibility Services:
< executable_name >=1
4. Save and close nssystem.ini
.
5. Re-start Dragon .
For example, to disable Dragon use of Active Accessibility Services in Microsoft Word and
Microsoft Excel, you would add the following lines to nssystem.ini
:
[MSAA Modules Disabled] winword=1 excel=1
Note: If you do not know the name of an application's executable file, you can start the application from the Windows Start menu and then use the Windows Task Manager to view the list of current Windows applications. The executable names are listed under Image
Name on the Processes tab. You can also right-click the application's icon and select the shortcut tab—the Target field will provide the name of the executable.
Use a GUI to turn off Active Accessibility in Dragon for specific applications
1. On the Dragon Bar, select Tools > Options .
2. Select the Miscellaneous Tab.
3. Check the Voice-enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding option.
4. Below the Voice-enable menus, buttons, and other controls, excluding option, open the drop-down list. The list contains installed and running applications, and also the following static applications:
- Microsoft Outlook
- Lotus Notes
- Internet Explorer
- Microsoft Word
- Microsoft Excel
- WordPerfect
5. To turn off Active Accessibility for an application, place a check mark beside the application.
6. Click OK .
Enhancing the privacy of patient data
64
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
When an end-user dictates with Dragon NaturallySpeaking, Dragon automatically saves all audio and transcribed text in Dragon Recorded Audio ( .DRA
) files. If the end-user corrects any of the dictated text, Dragon automatically stores these corrections in .enwv
files. Both these files are saved in the background.
These automatically created .DRA
and .enwv
files are used by Dragon to optimize the User
Profile. For example, Dragon uses these files when an end-user runs the Acoustic and
Language Model Optimizer.
Dragon encrypts these automatically created .DRA
and .enwv
files before storing them in the local or Roaming User Profile directories to ensure they do not become a back door into patient data and violate the patient's privacy.
Due to the restrictions mandated by the HIPAA regulations, these encrypted .DRA
and
.enwv
files can only be opened by Dragon for its internal use. For example, they cannot be accessed by the non-Medical versions of Dragon, the Dragon NaturallySpeaking SDK Client
Edition (DSC), or the Dragon NaturallySpeaking SDK Server Edition (DSS). In addition, any encrypted .DRA
and .enwv
files automatically created by Dragon, cannot be opened in
DragonPad.
Notes:
n
Dragon does not encrypt .DRA files explicitly saved by an end-user. For example, if an end-user saves recorded dictation when saving a document (for example, in Word,
WordPerfect, or DragonPad), these saved .DRA
files are unencrypted. The end-user that created these files has the responsibility of saving these files in a secure location.
n
Nuance does not guarantee that the file encryption provided in Dragon will ensure total
HIPAA compliance. Other security measures are required for full compliance.
Security Considerations
As long as other adequate security protections are in place to protect patient data, you can avoid saving excess patient data by choosing to:
1.
Turn off encryption of patient data (not recommended)
2.
files and set options to conserve disk space, resulting in
fewer saved files
3.
Turn off creation of unencrypted .nwv
Turning on/off encryption of patient data
It is possible to turn off the encryption of these background speech recognition files by unchecking the Encrypt Patient Health Information check box in the Miscellaneous tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box.
For example, you may want to turn off this option if you are running software that automatically encrypts all files that are saved to the hard drive.
For more information, see the Miscellaneous tab of the
Administrative Settings dialog box.
65
Chapter 3: Installing Dragon
Turning on/off creation of .dra patient data files
You can choose to turn off creation of the .DRA
files containing patient data to further protect the patient's privacy when other security measures are in place, by:
n
Turning off data collection, which sends data to Nuance for future product improvements. The check box to enable/disable data collection is on the Scheduled
Tasks tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box. For more information, see:
l
About Data Collection and Other Scheduled Tasks
__ and
n
Checking settings to conserve disk space, which automatically stops creating files that require large amounts of storage space:
i. On the DragonBar, select Tools > Options and click the Data tab.
ii. Check the Conserve disk space required by user profiles (for portability) option.
For more information on the Data tab of the Options dialog box, refer to the main
Dragon Help file's topic on the Data tab in the Options dialog box.
Turning on/off creation of unencrypted text correction .nwv archive files
To further ensure privacy, any end-user can turn off creation of archive files that might contain patient data:
1. On the DragonBar, select Tools > Options and click the Data tab.
2. Uncheck the Store correction in archive option. For more information on the Data tab of the Options dialog box, refer to the main Dragon Help file's topic on the Data tab in the
Options dialog box.
66
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon
This section contains information on how to upgrade Dragon and Roaming User
Profiles, as well as how to upgrade profiles that use third-party Vocabularies. You can update Dragon 11.x and 12.x User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
Upgrading Dragon
An administrator performs the following steps to upgrade a User Profile to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13:
n
Prepare to upgrade:
n
Based on the version of Dragon being upgraded from, determine how to
proceed (see What you should know before upgrading from a previous version )
n
If upgrading to Windows 7, or Windows 8, see Installing on or upgrading to
n
Carry out one of these procedures:
n
Upgrade multiple User Profiles (see Upgrading multiple User Profiles )
n
Upgrade Roaming User Profiles (see Upgrading Roaming User Profiles
)
n
Upgrade User Profiles with custom or customized vocabularies (see
Upgrading User Profiles with Custom and Customized Vocabularies
)
Administrators can work with the User Profile Upgrade Wizard
)
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Note : If upgrading from Dragon version 10.x or earlier to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, version
10.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13:
1. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
2. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, create a new User Profile
3. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, import the custom words and commands
See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands.
68
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
What you should know before upgrading from a previous version
An administrator can upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking from Dragon 11.x or 12.x by following the installation instructions for Dragon NaturallySpeaking, but first, be sure to:
n
Retain existing User Profiles, to be updated after the installation completes.
n
Check that it is possible to upgrade from the existing edition to the edition the administrator is installing.
For details, see Upgrading Dragon
.
Upgrading from Dragon 11 or 11.5 to Dragon 13
Uninstall Dragon version 11.x before installing Dragon NaturallySpeaking13.
Upgrading from Dragon 12.x to Dragon 13
Uninstall Dragon version 12.x before installing Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
Edition considerations
An administrator must upgrade to the same edition or greater and to the same language.
For example, if upgrading from Dragon 11.x German/English to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13. English only, the Dragon 11.x German User Profiles are not upgraded. Upgrading to
Dragon German/English upgrades both German and English User Profiles. After upgrading, an administrator can install other Dragon languages.
Notes :
n
If an end-user is using Dragon version 10.x or earlier, they can re-use custom words and commands in Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13:
1. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
2. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, create a new User Profile
3. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, import the custom words and commands
See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands.
n
When an administrator installs Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, Dragon installs using the primary language for the product. An administrator cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, if an administrator installs Dragon 12 Professional, English version, Dragon installs using the English language. If the administrator attempts to use the /l option with setup.exe to install
Dragon 12 using a non-primary language, the installation process uses the primary language for that edition of Dragon and ignores the /l option.
Installing on or upgrading to Windows 7 or Windows 8
You cannot install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 12 or greater on Windows Vista SP 1 or earlier,
Windows XP SP 2, Windows 2000, Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, and
69
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon
Windows XP 64-bit.
Earlier versions of Dragon (version 8.x, 9.0, 9.1) will not install or run on Windows 7, or
Windows 8.
Upgrade considerations
If you upgrade a computer from:
n
Windows XP to Windows 7
n
Windows XP or Windows 7 to Windows 8 and the computer has Version 8.x, 9.x, or 10.x of Dragon installed, that version of Dragon will not work after the upgrade.
You cannot upgrade User profiles from Dragon Medical 10.x or earlier to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking.
For details, see Upgrading Dragon
.
Roaming User Profiles in an MSI Installation on Windows 7, or Windows 8
For more details about carrying out an MSI installation on Windows 7, or Windows 8, see
Modifying Roaming User Profile, Miscellaneous, Schedule Settings in the INI File
.
Upgrading multiple User Profiles
You use the User Profile Upgrade Wizard to upgrade a Dragon 11.x or 12.x User Profile to
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13. There are two ways you can start the User Profile Upgrade
Wizard:
n
In the Open User profile dialog box, select a User Profile to upgrade. Dragon displays a dialog that gives you the option of upgrading the User Profile now (by pressing OK ) or upgrading the User Profile later (by pressing Cancel ). If the enduser selects OK . Dragon displays the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
n
In the Start menu, select Programs > > Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools >
Upgrade User Profiles . Dragon displays the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
Using the User Profile Upgrade Wizard
The User Profile Upgrade Wizard guides you through the process of upgrading User
Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
The wizard cannot upgrade User Profiles created by versions of Dragon prior to Dragon 11.
User Profile Upgrade Wizard: Select the profile(s) to upgrade
On the Select the profile(s) to upgrade page, you see these elements:
User profiles to upgrade
This screen displays the location and name of all the User Profiles that the wizard will upgrade. Modify the list of User Profiles to include all User Profiles that you want to upgrade.
The wizard starts by including all the User Profiles in the current folder as candidates to upgrade. You add User Profiles to the list by clicking the Browse to add a profile button and browsing for additional User Profiles in other locations. You remove User Profiles from
70
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide the list by selecting them and clicking the Remove from list button. Once the list of User
Profiles contains the profiles you want to upgrade, click Next .
Note: If you have end-users with roaming User Profiles in your network, see
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
Current Location
The location of the User Profiles to upgrade.
User Profile
Displays the names of all the User Profiles to upgrade.
Total profiles to be upgraded
Displays the total number of User Profiles to upgrade.
Browse to add a profile
Opens a Browse for Folder window that you use to locate additional User Profiles for the wizard to upgrade.
Remove from list
Deletes the User Profile you select from the User Profile Upgrade Wizard.
Once you have made a selection, click Next .
If you choose to upgrade only one User Profile, the wizard displays the number of minutes the upgrade requires to complete.
71
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon
If you upgrade a UK User Profile, the wizard displays a page that lets you select a region for the profile.
User Profile Upgrade Wizard: Choose where to store the upgraded profile(s)
As the User Profile Upgrade Wizard updates a User Profile to Dragon NaturallySpeaking, the wizard can move a copy of the upgraded User Profile to another location without modifying the old profile. This allows you to use the original profile if you need to a.
Location for upgraded profile(s)
Click the Browse button or select a new destination from the list if you want to choose a destination other than the suggested destination. You must have read and write access to the location.
Advanced
Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Options dialog box where you can change how the wizard upgrades the User Profile.
User Profile Upgrade Wizard: Advanced Options
The Advanced Options dialog box lets you make finer adjustments to how the wizard upgrades User Profiles.
User profiles to
The User profiles to list box provides information about the location, vocabulary, and the acoustic model for each profile you plan to update.
Attribute Name Old Value New Value
Location The name of the User
Profile.
The current location of the
User Profile.
Vocabulary The name of the current vocabulary for the User
Profile.
The name of the base vocabulary for the current vocabulary.
Acoustic model
The name of the audio input device for the User
Profile.
The name of the current language/voice model for the
User Profile.
The location where Dragon will place the updated User
Profile.
The name of the new base vocabulary for the current vocabulary.
The name of the new language/voice model for the
User Profile.
Setting a location for an upgraded User Profile
When you click on the Location line in the User profiles to list box, Dragon enables the
New Location text box. The text box displays the location that the wizard recommends or that you chose on the Choose where to store the upgraded profile(s) page. You can click Browse and choose a new location. You must have read and write access to the location.
Setting a new base vocabulary for a User Profile
When you click on the Vocabulary line in the User profiles to list box, Dragon enables the
New Base Vocabulary text box. The text box displays the current vocabulary of the User
72
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Profile or the one that the User Profile Upgrade Wizard assigns to the upgraded User
Profile if Dragon does not support the old vocabulary.
You can select a new base vocabulary from the drop-down list.
Setting a new acoustic model for a User Profile
When you click on an Acoustic model line in the User profiles to list box, Dragon displays the New Acoustic Model text box. The text box displays the current language (such as US English), language model, and accent of the User Profile. You can choose a new acoustic model from the drop-down list.
After you modify the information for each User Profile in the list box, click OK to return to the wizard, and click Next to proceed.
User Profile Upgrade Wizard: Begin profile upgrading
On the Begin profile upgrading page, click Begin upgrading to start the upgrade process. The wizard requires approximately 12 to 24 minutes to upgrade each User
Profile.When the process is complete, click Finish .
If the User Profile Upgrade wizard starts automatically after you upgrade and start Dragon, the Open User Profile window opens and displays a list of the User Profiles you can choose from to begin dictation.
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
This section describes how to upgrade Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13.
When you use the Roaming feature, each Dragon User Profile has a master Roaming User
Profile that can be opened from multiple networked computers where Dragon is installed.
These master Roaming User Profiles are stored on a network location made accessible to your Dragon users.
When a master Roaming User Profile is opened from that central network location, Dragon transfers a copy of that profile to the Local Roaming User Profile on the local computer.
Since the Local Roaming User Profile is a copy of the User Profile data taken from the master
Roaming User Profile, you cannot directly upgrade the Local Roaming User Profile when you upgrade the local Dragon installation to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
Notes:
n
If upgrading from Dragon version 10.x or earlier to Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, version (.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13. See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands.
i. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
ii. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, create a new User Profile
iii. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, import the custom words and commands
n
Upgrading a set of master Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 leaves the master Roaming User Profiles unchanged and intact. This allows the endusers in your network to run the current version of Dragon while you plan your
73
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon upgrade.
n
Plan to upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles at a time when they are not being opened by end-users, for example during the night or on a weekend.
n
Even though the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 User Profile Upgrade Wizard supports both mapped drives and UNC paths, Nuance strongly recommends that you upgrade your Master Roaming User Profiles on a drive on a computer where Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 is locally installed. Nuance does not recommend that you upgrade your Master Roaming User Profiles across a network to either a mapped drive or UNC path; upgrading over a network will take an undetermined length of time. In addition, the User Profile Upgrade Wizard does not support upgrading User
Profiles over an HTTP connection.
Step 1: Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles
To upgrade your Master Roaming User Profiles from a previous version of Dragon, Nuance recommends that you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 directly on the network computer where the current Master Roaming User Profiles are located and upgrade those Master
Roaming User Profiles directly to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User
Profiles.
If you are unable to install Dragon where your current Master Roaming User Profiles are located, Nuance recommends that you:
1. Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on a separate computer where you will perform the upgrades.
2. Copy the current Master Roaming User Profiles from their network location to the computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed.
3. Upgrade the current Master Roaming User Profiles on the computer where Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed.
4. Copy the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles to a network accessible directory on the original network location.
For more information, see Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles .
Step 2: Upgrading the User Profiles
As administrator you must separately upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 using the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
After you upgrade the Master Roaming User Profiles, you can then proceed to upgrade enduser systems that deploy the Roaming feature.
For more information, see Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
Step 3: Upgrade the end-user systems
After you have upgraded the master Roaming User Profiles, you can then proceed to upgrade end-user systems that deploy the Roaming feature.
For more information:
See Upgrading end-user systems
.
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
74
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles
Step 1: Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the computer where you upgrade Dragon 11.x or
12.x User Profiles
Nuance recommends that administrators install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles are located. If that is not possible, Nuance recommends that administrators install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on a separate computer where they will perform the upgrades.
For more information on installing, see Installing Dragon on a single computer
.
Notes:
n
If you are unable to install Dragon where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming
User Profiles are located, Nuance recommends that you install Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13 on a separate computer where you perform the upgrades. For
more information, see Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
.
n
Version 10.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13. See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands:
i. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
ii. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, create a new User Profile.
iii. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, import the custom words and commands
Step 2: On the current Dragon end-user systems that use the Roaming feature
On the end-user systems where the end-users dictate using the Dragon 11.x or 12.x
Roaming feature, save and close any open User Profiles on each Dragon 11.x or 12.x system that uses the Roaming feature.
Note: If there is no time when all the Roaming User Profiles are not in use (for example, in a hospital where some physicians use Dragon during a night shift), administrators can upgrade different groups of Roaming User Profiles at different times.
Step 3: On the central network storage location for the current Master Roaming User Profiles
1. (Optional) Back up the master Roaming User Profiles to a separate location, either by using any system backup utility that is implemented at your facility or by using the Dragon
The Manage User Profiles dialog.
Note: You do not need to back up the Roaming User Profiles because the upgrade retains the current User Profiles in a directory that is separate from the Dragon NaturallySpeaking13
User Profiles.
2. Create a new directory on the shared network drive to store the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 Master Roaming User Profiles. Although you can store the upgraded
User Profiles in the same location as the current User Profiles — this would make two versions of each User Profile visible to the end-user and lead to confusion — Nuance recommend creating a location that is different from the location that stores the current (Dragon
11.x or 12.x) User Profiles.
75
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon
Step 4: Copy the current Master Roaming User Profiles to the Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 client computer
If you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x
Master Roaming User Profiles are located, then proceed to Step 5 below.
If Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 is not installed on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or
12.x Master Roaming User Profiles are located, perform the following steps on the Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13 client computer:
1. Create a directory to store all the Master Roaming User Profiles you plan to upgrade.
2. Copy the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles from the network location to the directory.
Step 5: On the administrator system where you plan to upgrade the Dragon 11.x or 12.x
Master Roaming User Profiles
1. Start Dragon and make sure the Roaming feature is off.
To turn off the Roaming feature:
i. Close any open User Profiles.
ii. Click Administrative Settings on the DragonBar Tools menu. This action displays the Administrative Settings dialog box.
iii. On the Roaming tab, make sure Enable is not selected.
2. Close Dragon.
3. Follow the instructions in the next section, Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles .
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
You must use the User Profile Upgrade Wizard to upgrade master Roaming User Profiles to
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
After you upgrade the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles and optionally copy them back to their network location, you can proceed to upgrade your end-user systems that use the Roaming feature. For more information, see Upgrading end-user systems .
Step 1: Upgrade the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles
On the computer with the current Master Roaming files and where Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed:
1. Select Start > Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools > Upgrade User Profiles .
2. On the Select the profile(s) to upgrade page, click Browse to add a profile to select the location of the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles. The Select the profile(s) to upgrade page now displays a list of User Profiles in the selected directory:
76
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Continue to add User Profiles from other local locations or use the Remove from list button to remove specific User Profiles. Click Next to continue.
77
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon
3. If you choose to upgrade only one User Profile, the wizard displays the number of minutes the upgrade requires to complete the upgrade.
4. If you upgrade a UK User Profile, the wizard displays a page that lets you select a region for the profile.
5. On the Choose where to store the upgraded profile(s) page, in the Location for upgraded profile(s) text box, choose the local location you previously created to contain the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 master Roaming User Profiles. If a location
78
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide is not visible, click Browse , find the correct location, and click Next .
79
6. The Begin profile upgrading page displays the number of User Profiles that the wizard is prepared to upgrade.
Click Begin upgrading to start the upgrade process. The upgrade process can take 2-24 minutes or more per User Profile, depending on the speed of the computer system and the speed of the network. Click Stop at any time to interrupt this process. The upgrade process creates new master Roaming User Profiles in the destination you selected.
7. Click Finish to complete the upgrading process and exit the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
The User Profile Upgrade Wizard names each Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 master
Roaming User Profile as follows: <name> (v13.x) . For example, Dragon copies and upgrades a Dragon 11.x Master Roaming User Profile with a filename of roaminguser1 to roaminguser1 (v13) . Dragon does not change the name of the Dragon 11.x Master Roaming
User Profile.
Do no store the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Roaming User Profiles in the same directory as the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Roaming User Profiles. The Open User Profile dialog box displays all the Dragon 11.x and 12.x profiles. A Dragon end-user may not be sure of the profile they should select for dictation.
Step 2: Clean up the Dragon 11.x or 12.x locations for master Roaming User Profiles (optional)
When the User Profile Upgrade Wizard modifies the Dragon 11.x or 12.x master Roaming
User Profiles, it create a copy of the upgraded User Profile and does not change the original profiles. This ensures the original profiles are available in case someone requires them.
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon
An administrator can optionally rename or remove the Dragon 11.x or 12.x master Roaming
User Profiles through the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
Step 3: Copy the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles to their network location (Optional)
If you were unable to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 where you store the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles, and you instead copy them to a different computer with Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 installed, you must now copy the Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles back to the new network directory.
This is the directory you created on their original network location.
You can skip this step if you installed Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles are located and you upgraded those
Master Roaming User Profiles directly to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
Step 4: Upgrade end-user systems to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13
After you upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles, you can upgrade the end-user systems that use the Roaming feature.
For more information, see Upgrading end-user systems .
Upgrading end-user systems
After you upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles, you can upgrade the end-user systems that use the Roaming feature.
Step 1: Upgrade systems that use the Roaming feature
Since the User Profile Upgrade Wizard does not change or move the current master
Roaming User Profiles, your current Dragon systems can continue to use the Roaming feature until you upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
To upgrade a Dragon 11.x or 12.x system to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, follow the
installation instructions under Installing Dragon on a single computer
.
Notes:
n
When prompted, choose to remove the Dragon 11.x or 12.x installation. If you choose not to remove the previous installation, you cannot continue to upgrade.
Step 2: Enable the Roaming feature on the Dragon systems
When you upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, the Roaming feature is off by default.
To turn on the Roaming feature, perform the following steps on each Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 client computer:
1. Start Dragon.
2. Close all User Profiles.
3. Click Administrative Settings on the DragonBar Tools menu. This displays the
Administrative Settings dialog box.
4. On the Roaming tab, select Enable .
80
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
5. The Network Directories list displays the network location of the current master Roaming User Profiles.
If you created a new network directory for the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 master Roaming User Profiles, you can either click the Add button to add the new network location or select a listed directory and then click Edit to change the path to the new location. When you have finished, click OK to close the Administrative Settings dialog box. You should also remove any Dragon 11.x or 12.x master Roaming User Profile directories that are not in use.
6. Select Profile > Open User Profile on the DragonBar . This action displays the Open
User Profile dialog box. If you allow end-users to select both non-roaming local and
Roaming User Profiles, make sure they select the correct location (the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Roaming User Profile location) from the Location of user profile field.
7. Select a User Profile and click Open .
Note: If you did not upgrade the Roaming User Profiles and store them in the new master
Roaming User Profile directory, when you click Open , the User profile needs to be upgraded dialog box appears. Since you cannot upgrade Roaming User Profiles locally, you should click Cancel
and return to Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles . If you click
OK instead of Cancel , you receive a message stating You cannot upgrade a roaming user because you cannot upgrade Roaming User Profiles on a workstation where the Roaming feature is on.
Upgrading User Profiles that use third-party vocabularies
Vocabularies Created by a Third Party (other than by Nuance)
Note: Any installation can use vocabularies that are not provided by Nuance, but created by a third party specifically for a particular installation.
Using a custom vocabulary from Dragon 10.x or earlier with Dragon 13
You cannot use a custom vocabulary created in Dragon 10.x or earlier with Dragon
NaturallySpeaking. You must recreate the custom vocabulary in Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
If you have a custom vocabulary from a Nuance VAR, you should contact the VAR to obtain a new version of the vocabulary.
Upgrading User Profiles with third party vocabularies
When you upgrade a User Profile whose base vocabulary was created by a third party, all custom words and other changes to that vocabulary will be maintained but the vocabulary's base type will be changed. For example, Dragon 11.x or 12.x User Profiles that use the US
English | Large | Nuance vocabulary with a topic ID of 9005 are upgraded to use the
General—Medium vocabulary; that upgraded User Profile's vocabulary also contains all customizations in the Dragon 11.x or 12.x vocabulary.
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
To preserve new words from the custom vocabulary and words added by an end-user, perform the following steps. Note : The following steps do not preserve the custom language
81
Chapter 4: Upgrading Dragon model. End-users may not achieve the same accuracy as they did with the custom vocabulary. To take advantage of the custom language model, contact the third party to obtain a new version of the vocabulary.
Step 1: Export custom words added to the custom vocabulary
If you added any additional custom words to the vocabulary created by a third party, you must first export those words. To export custom words:
n
On the DragonBar menu, select Vocabulary > Export custom word and phrase list . This action displays the Export Custom Words dialog box.
n
Enter the path and name of the file containing the custom words to add to the vocabulary that you want to create, or use Save in list to find a location for the file you want to create.
Step 2: Upgrade a User Profile that uses a custom vocabulary
To upgrade User Profiles with a third party vocabulary:
1. Run the User Profile Upgrade Wizard . To run the wizard, select Dragon > Dragon
NaturallySpeaking Tools > Upgrade User Profiles .
2. In the User Profile Upgrade Wizard , select a Dragon User Profile that uses a vocabulary from a third party.
3. Click Next and follow the on-screen prompts.
The User Profile Upgrade Wizard displays the original vocabulary deployed to create the
User Profile and lets you choose a Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 base vocabulary that the
User Profile Upgrade Wizard should assign to the upgraded User Profile.
Step 3: Import custom words to the upgraded User Profile
If you exported words in Step 1, you now must import those words. To import a word list:
1. On the DragonBar , click Vocabulary > Import list of words or phrases . This displays the Add Words from Word Lists wizard.
2. Click Next to add the file you created in Step 1.
Step 4: Export the customized vocabulary
You can share vocabularies among different User Profiles by first exporting a vocabulary from one User Profile and then importing it to a new User Profile. Use the following procedure to export a vocabulary. To export a vocabulary:
1. Create a folder in which to save the exported vocabulary files.
2. Open the upgraded User Profile that uses the custom vocabulary.
3. On the DragonBar , select Vocabulary > Manage Vocabularies or say "Manage
Vocabularies .
"
4. In the Manage Vocabularies dialog box, select the vocabulary you want to export and then export it.
5. Locate and open the target folder, enter a name for the exported vocabulary in the File
Name box, and then save it.
6. In the Manage Vocabularies dialog box, click or say "Close" to save and close it.
82
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Note: Exporting a vocabulary creates a copy of the four files that make up the vocabulary in the new location. You can access these files via the Data Distribution Tool or the nsadmin tool to create new custom base vocabularies.
Step 5: Use nsadmin or the Data Distribution tool to copy the vocabulary you export
Using the nsadmin command line or the Data Distribution Tool , you can import the vocabulary you created in Step 2 as a base vocabulary on any Dragon installation.
Once you add a base vocabulary to a Dragon installation, you can then use the new vocabulary to create new User Profiles or add a new vocabulary to an existing User Profile.
When you run nsadmin or the Data Distribution Tool to import the exported vocabulary to your Dragon installation, be sure to give the new vocabulary the same name and topic ID that the customized vocabulary had.
For example, if your custom vocabulary was named US English | Large | Nuance topic ID
9005 , you would use nsadmin or the Data Distribution Tool to create a new base vocabulary with that same name and topic ID number.
83
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
This section provides information on using MSI files to install Dragon over a network, modifying Roaming User and other options, using .ini file to install Dragon with a specific configuration, creating and using MST files to install Dragon, installing
Dragon from a command-line using natspeak.exe or msiexec.exe, upgrading
Dragon and Roaming User Profiles from the command-line, and other related topics.
Overview of Installing Dragon using the Windows Installer
(MSI)
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 includes a native Windows Installer (MSI) that lets you customize your installations as well as install across a network to multiple client computers. In addition, you use this service to modify, repair, or remove any existing installations.
Although you have several choices when deciding how you want to install Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 on the command line, Nuance recommends that you follow the approach presented initially in this document.
Note: Administrative installations are not supported for Dragon Medical Small Practice Edition.
You can use this procedure to install the software on one computer at a time or combine it with
Systems Management Server (SMS) or Windows Active Directory Service to install the software across a network to multiple client computers. Also, if you have already installed the product, you use this process to upgrade, modify, repair, or remove any existing installations.
Before You Begin
To ensure a smooth installation, before you proceed, you should gather the following information regarding your network and Dragon settings.
n
Preferred settings for Dragon options, including any PowerMic or PowerMic II button actions to be programmed. You set these settings in the Options dialog box of Dragon.
n
Preferred settings for Dragon Windows Auto-Formatting options to be applied to the recognized text. You set these settings in the Auto-Formatting dialog box of Dragon.
84
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
Path to and/or mapped drive of the location where Roaming User Profiles are stored or are going to be stored, are normally set in the Network Settings sub-dialog of the
Roaming tab in the Administrative Settings dialog box.
n
Information about your http or https connection to the Roaming User Profiles storage location, if applicable, normally viewed in the Roaming User Network Location subdialog of the Administrative Settings dialog box, accessible when clicking on “Add” for a Network Directory.
n
Preferred settings for collecting dictation data to be sent back to
Nuance Communications for improving the future accuracy of Dragon , are normally set under the Scheduled Tasks tab of the Administrative Settings dialog.
n
Install a third-party indexing/search software before you install Dragon; if no third-party indexing/search is installed, when you try to set Dragon options, the Enable Desktop
Search commands check box will not be available for selection. Dragon supports
Google Desktop and Microsoft Vista Search.
Finding the MSI Installer on the DVD
The compiled MSI file is located on your installation DVD. The files for each edition are named:
n
Dragon NaturallySpeaking (all editions) Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi
You can double click on one of these .msi
files to start the InstallShield Wizard; however, to instead take advantage of available command line options, you can pass the file name as the application to install to the msiexec.exe command using the /i option: msiexec.exe /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking13.msi"
Entering Command Lines
Unless otherwise noted:
n
All command line options are case-insensitive (unless otherwise noted) and can be combined.
n
No options require special values based on the values of other options.
n
In the examples, user-supplied information is displayed between angle brackets. Do not use angle brackets (<,>) as part of the command line.
n
Do not use quotation marks unless you are explicitly instructed to.
n
If a path name contain spaces, place a backslash followed by a quotation mark ( \"), before each space in the path.
n
Whenever you set an option to an .ini file, you must give the full path to that .ini file.
n
All msiexec.exe command-line options you pass with /v must be prefaced with a forward slash (/) only.
Windows 7, Windows 8 Notes
Dragon setup is designed so that msiexec.exe can be run from an elevated command prompt in Windows 7 and Windows 8.
To launch an elevated command prompt in Windows Vista and Windows 7:
85
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt (without releasing the mouse), then right click Command Prompt and select Run As . Choose an Run as administrator
To launch an elevated command prompt in Windows 8:
Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt (without releasing the mouse), then right click Command Prompt and select an Run as administrator
Overview of the Network Installation of Dragon from a
Server
Overview of Pushing Client Installation from a Server
You can install the Dragon runtime in a network environment, in other words, push the software application out to client computers without having to install it separately on each client system.
Dragon includes a native Windows Installer (MSI) that lets you both install across a network to multiple client computers and customize your installations. Several servers support this type of network installation:
n
Windows Server 2008
n
System Management Server (SMS)
n
Active Directory Services
The administrator carrying out the installation creates an image of the installation program on the server and then configures the server to automatically push the application onto the client systems. You can also configure network installations to modify, repair, or remove an existing installation.
Support for SMS and Windows Server with Active Directory
Systems Management Server (SMS) provides a mechanism for pushing application installations out from the server to client systems. SMS supports using the Windows Installer
(MSI) to push client installations on clients using Windows 7 or Windows 8. SMS requires that a client application be installed on all client computers.
Active Directory Services is a feature of Windows Server 2008. The Group Policy component of Active Directory Services includes a Software Installation snap-in that lets an administrator create a network installation. Administrators can use this feature to install software to Windows 7 and 8 clients.
Dragon supports the Active Directory Services Assign to Computers installation option. This option successfully installs the software when the computer is rebooted. You (as administrator) can delay installation on Windows 7, and Windows 8 clients by enabling logon optimization for group policy; for this type of installation, an entry for the installation can be viewed in the event log after the first reboot. The installation is then performed on the second reboot. The installation takes place silently, and the software is installed for all end-users on the computer. When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the setup log.
86
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Overview of Alternative Ways to Carry Out Administrative Installation
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 includes a native Windows Installer (MSI) that lets you install across a network to multiple client computers and customize your installation in the process.
In addition, you can use this service to modify, repair, or remove any existing installations. You can use any of the following command line approaches to installing Dragon over a network:
Note: MSI installations are not supported for Dragon Medical Small Practice Edition.
n
Carrying Out an Administrative Installation with .bat File
n
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
n
Creating Custom Installation Using Microsoft Custom Install Wizard
Once you have installed the server image, you can configure your installation, then use SMS or a similar product to install Dragon. If the product you use to push the installation out to a server requires it, you can install Dragon with msiexec (
) instead of setup.exe.
Modifying Roaming User Profile, Miscellaneous, Schedule
Settings in the INI File
Suppose you have a large installation that involves several departments. Three departments require one group of configure settings and two others require modifications. After you complete the installation on the three departments requiring the same configuration, you might want to edit your configuration files before using them on the additional two departments.
To edit the settings, you can use the natspeak command again. You can either return to the computer where you carried out the initial installation to use natspeak or install the configuration from the first three departments on the first computer in the two departments with different settings. Modify the settings using:
n natspeak /setdefaultoptions
n natspeak /setdefaultadministrativeoptions
Then copy the new nsdefaults.ini file and roamingdef.ini files to a location accessible from all the client computers to have the alternative configuration. For example, if you want these files to be accessible to the MSI installer from a mapped network drive. copy the files to that location before installing to the client PCs.
Or, if the Roaming User Profile network settings are not changing, you can edit any of the other Roaming User Profile, Miscellaneous, and Scheduled Tasks settings of your configuration by rerunning Dragon with any command listed above. (You cannot make changes to the roamingdef.ini file, where the network settings reside.) Lists of the options in the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files are provided in the tables that follow:
Caution: Be sure to use the full path to the file if you set an option to an .ini file name.
87
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Understanding and applying the Roaming User Options
You can set Roaming User options during an MSI installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13. In the command line:
n
Set the /SETDEFAULTS option to 1 display the Options dialog box at the end of the installation. The Options dialog box lets you change Dragon ’s standard behavior, including specifying hot keys, customizing how text is formatted, changing initial microphone settings, and setting the how often your User Profiles are backed up.
n
Set the / SETADMINS option to 1 to display the Administrative settings dialog box at the end of the installation. The Administrative settings dialog box lets you set up the
Roaming feature.
In the Roaming , Miscellaneous , and Schedule tabs of the Administrative Settings dialog box, you set default values for the Roaming User options in the table below. The default values are then written to the nsdefaults.ini
file, the roamingdef.ini
file, and the roaminguser.ini
file.
After the MSI installation is finished, you can use the nsdefaults.ini
file, the roamingdef.ini
file, and the roaming.ini
file to install Dragon on other computers using the same settings that are in the .ini files.
See Overview of Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
and its subtopics for more information on installing Dragon using an MSI installation.
See MSI Options Specific to Dragon
for more information on options that can be set during an MSI installation of Dragon.
Do not attempt to manually modify the .ini
files. Manually modifying the .
ini files may cause unpredictable or undesirable results.
88
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Option
Roaming
UserOn=
0 (or 1)
Roaming
User
Local
Cache
g
Directory
="<existin director y>"
Open
User
Large
Collection
=0 (or 1)
Roaming
User
Restrict
Local
User
Access=1
(or 0)
Roaming
User
Incorpora te
Voc
Delta=0
(or 1)
Description and UI equivalent
Turns on the Roaming feature.
Default 0 = Off
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Enable option.
Sets the location of the local copy of the Roaming User
Profile. The default location is:
Documents and
Settings\All
Users\Application
Data\Nuance\Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13\Roami ngUsers\
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Local directory (for cache) option.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Display Classic Open User
Profiles dialog . option.
See Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Permits non-Roaming User
Profiles to be opened when the
Roaming feature is active.
Default of 1 restricts access to
Roaming User Profiles only, preventing non-roaming ( local ) end-users from dictating by accident.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Allow non-roaming user profiles to be opened option.
When the vocdelta.voc file reaches 90% of its maximum size (1000 KB, or 1 GB), incorporates the contents of the local vocdelta.voc file into the master Roaming User Profiles
89
Option
Roaming
User
Limited
Network
Traffic=0
(or 1)
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Description and UI equivalent
(acoustic model for the User
Profile), without running the
Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer . After it incorporates the contents of the file into the master Roaming
User Profile, it clears that data from the local User Profile, where new data is pulled from subsequent dictation. If the data is being incorporated when you open a roaming User Profile, the process can be time consuming.
Default 0 = On
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Merge contents of vocdelta.voc into network user profile when file is full option.
Transfers local Roaming User
Profile changes to the master
Roaming User Profile to synchronize the local and the master Roaming User Profile only when you open or close the
User Profile. This includes the changes an end-user makes locally from the Options dialog box. For more information, see the Dragon Administrator Guide
Help file topic on Synchronizing
Master and Local Roaming
User Profiles. Excessive network slowdowns can be alleviated by checking this option because it limits multiple interim synchronization of local and master Roaming User
Profiles.
Default 0 = Off
Same as the Roaming Tab -
90
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Option
Roaming
User
Always
Break
Lock=0
(or 1)
ASW
Override=
0 (or 1)
Description and UI equivalent
Access network at user profile open/close only option.
Ask before breaking locks on network User Profiles
(recommended). A network lock prevents opening a Roaming
User Profile that is already open. Network problems can cause a lock to become "stuck" and not release even after opening the User Profile is complete. Default of 0 produces a prompt that states the User
Profile is locked and asks you to override the lock. A setting of 1 does not produce the prompt, but breaks the lock automatically.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Ask before breaking locks on network user profiles
(recommended for UNC and mapped drives) option.
(ASW is short for Audio Setup
Wizard.) Runs a Volume and
Quality Check on the microphone each time you open a Roaming User Profile. This setting affects all end-users.
Turn this option on if your endusers experience reduced accuracy because of differences in the microphone, sound card, and ambient sound levels at different locations.
Default 0 = Off .
Nuance recommends you set this option to 1 .
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Set audio levels on each
91
Option
Roaming
ASW
Override
=0 (or 1)
Roaming
User
Save
Acoustics
=0 (or 1)
Roaming
User
Copy
Dragon
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Description and UI equivalent machine option.
Runs a Volume and Quality
Check on the microphone each time you open a Roaming User
Profile. Set to 1 if the Roaming feature is enabled and ASW
Override is 1 . ASW Override and Roaming ASW Override should always have the same setting.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Set audio levels on each machine option.
When set to 1 (by default), when an end-user dictates on a computer, acoustic adaptation that occurred as Dragon
'adapted' to the end-user's voice, is saved. Acoustic optimization on the master User
Profile applies the acoustic adaptation data from dictation to the acoustic model for the profile. When set to 0 , the .usr and .sig files created during dictation are not saved. Acoustic optimization on the master User
Profile does not apply the acoustic adaptation data from dictation to the acoustic model for the profile.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Save acoustic information option.
See Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Copies the dragon.log
file from the local Roaming User Profile location to the master Roaming
User Profile location at the
92
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Option
Log=0 (or
1)
Roaming
UserCop yAcoustic
Always=0
(or 1)
Description and UI equivalent same time that the program synchronizes the local and the master Roaming User Profiles.
Default 0 = Off
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Copy Dragon log to network option.
Copies the User Profile’s acoustic information to the master Roaming User Profile location when you do not want to run the Acoustic and
Language Model Optimizer on the master Roaming User
Profiles. The local Roaming
User Profile acoustic information is stored in:
Documents and
Settings\All
Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpea king13\RoamingUsers\<disp lay name>\<username>\current\ voice
The <display name> is the name you defined for the master
Roaming User Profile location.
You can have multiple network storage locations. The
<username> contains the names of an individual master
Roaming User Profile.
Default 0 = Off .
If you chose not to copy the
User Profile’s acoustic information to the network, corrections you make on one computer are not available on other computers used by that particular Roaming User Profile
93
Option
Roaming
User Do
Not Copy
Dra
Files=0
(or 1)
Roaming
User Max
Container
Size=100
0 MB
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Description and UI equivalent until you run the Acoustic and
Language Model Optimizer on the master Roaming User
Profile location and the local and master Roaming User Profile synchronize. When this option is set to 1 (on), the latest acoustic information is always available and automatically synchronized when the master Roaming User
Profile is opened from another location. The transfer of acoustic information is not limited by setting the Disk space reserved for network archive option.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Always copy acoustic information to network option.
Prevents making files that contain acoustic data from the latest dictation session available to the Acoustic Optimizer when the program synchronizes the local and master Roaming
User Profiles. You use this option to prevent the transfer of acoustic optimization data to local User Profiles.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Conserve archive size on network option.
Controls the maximum size for each container directory in the master Roaming User Profile directory. Defaults to 1000 MB.
Same as the Roaming Tab -
Disk space reserved for network archive option.
94
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Option
Allow
Users to
Configure
Tasks=0 or 1
Custom
Directory
=<full path>
Description and UI equivalent
An administrators enables this option to allow end-users to access the Scheduled Tasks tab in the Administrative
Settings dialog box. Users can use the options in the
Scheduled Tasks tab to set schedules for tasks, including the accuracy tuning task and the data collection task. If an administrator does not enable this option, end-users cannot access the Scheduled Tasks tab and the tasks will use the default schedule.
Same as the Scheduled Tasks
Tab Let the user choose when to run Accuracy
Tuning and Data Collection option.
Sets the location of the Data
Distribution directory used by the Data Distribution Tool or the nsadmin command. The Data
Distribution directory can be set to any directory that Windows has read and write access to.
This includes portable devices such as Zip drives and CD/DVD burners. In enterprise installations, the Data
Distribution directory is likely set to mapped network drives and
UNC paths.
Same as the Miscellaneous
Tab Data Distribution location option.
Editing Miscellaneous and Scheduled Task Settings in nsdefaults.ini File
Of the settings in the nsdefaults.ini file retrieved from the Administrative Settings dialog box, several settings are from the Miscellaneous and Scheduled Tasks tabs of the dialog box. You
95
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI) can modify the following settings in the nsdefaults.ini file:
96
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Options
AO Archive Time
Limit
Disable command changes for restricted users=0
(or 1)
Disable vocabulary changes for restricted users=0
(or 1)
Global Enable
Pause Results=0
(or 1)
Custom
Directory=< full path >
Current Status
Ctfmngr=0 (or 1)
Description
Maximum audio archive size in minutes. The same option in the options.ini file for a particular enduser contains the size of the current audio archive for that end-user.
Default max is
3600000 minutes.
Turns on or off the option that lets nonadministrative endusers add or modify commands.
Turns on or off the option that lets nonadministrative endusers modify vocabularies.
Turns on or off recognition when the speaker pauses.
Sets the location of the Data
Distribution directory used by the Data
Distribution Tool or the nsadmin command.
Turns on or off
Windows advanced text services. Turning off these services prevents conflict between them and
Dragon .
UI
Archive Size dialog box, displaying the range of audio archive sizes
Do not allow restricted users to add or modify commands
Do not allow restricted users to modify vocabularies
Record wave data between utterances
Data Distribution location
Disable Windows advanced text services
97
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Options
No Dictation=0 or
1
Global
MyCommands
MacroRecorder=0 or 1
Global
MyCommands
StepByStep
Scripting=0 or 1
Global
MyCommands
VBA Scripting=0 or 1 enx ACO uses
Description
When No Dictation is on (set to 1) the end-user cannot dictate, but can only correct dictation; used to designate an enduser as a transcriptionist.
Allows or does not allow the end-user to modify Macro
Recorder commands. The end-user should still be able to dictate with those commands, even when not allowed to modify them.
Allows or does not allow the end-user to modify Step-by-
Step commands.
The end-user should still be able to dictate with those commands, even when not allowed to modify them.
Allows or does not allow the end-user to modify
Advanced Scripting commands. The end-user should still be able to dictate with those commands, even when not allowed to modify them.
When set to 1 , the
UI
Correction Only Mode
Disable use of Macro
Recorder commands
Disable use of Stepby-Step commands
Disable use of
Advanced Scripting commands
Disable automatic
98
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Options
Auto Accent AM selection=0 or 1.
Data Collector
Batch Mode=0 or
1
Allow Users to
Optimize=0 or 1
Description
Acoustic Optimizer engine can automatically select an acoustic model that it believes is more suited to your speech. To avoid having this switch occur, set the option to 0 .
In Dragon
NaturallySpeaking
13, special conditions apply if you run the
Acoustic Optimizer on a User Profile that has two acoustic models.
See Using multiple acoustic models with a User Profile
for more information.
When set to 1, turns on a process that automatically collects data to help improve speech recognition in the future. The process sends the data to
Nuance over the
Internet, but does not send any personal information - it collects recorded dictation and the corresponding text.
Collecting data for
Nuance is optional.
When set to 1 , turns on a process
UI acoustic model selection in Acoustic
Optimizer
Enable scheduled
Data Collection
Enable scheduled
Accuracy Tuning
99
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Options
Allow Users to
Configure
Tasks=0 or 1
Description that automatically runs an optimization process on speech recognition for the currently open
User Profile.
Turning this option on lets end-users set the schedule for accuracy tuning and data collection tasks. Otherwise, these tasks take place on a default schedule.
UI
Let the user choose when to run Accuracy
Tuning and Data
Collection
Understanding Network and Connection Settings in roamingdef.ini File
Although you cannot edit the roamingdef.ini file because it is encrypted, you should know that the following information is in the file. You can modify these settings through the
Administrative Settings dialog only. For more information on values for each option, refer to the Dragon Administrator Guide Help file available through the product menu:
100
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Options
[<Network Settings>] location
HTTP Settings (HTTP) type authscheme=1 queryforuserpassword authuser authpassword followredirects keepalive locktimeout connectiontimeout connectiontimeoutinactivity connectiontimeoutabsolute firewall proxy proxyserver firewalltype firewallhost firewallport=1080
Description and UI
Display Name assigned to the network directory where Roaming User Profiles are stored, in the Network Directories box.
Address . Path to a network directory, web server, or secure web server where Roaming
User Profiles are stored.
Authentication Type .
Indicates authentication is required.
Prompt for user and password check box.
< domain >\< username > required to log in.
Actual password required to log in.
Follow Redirects . Never, Always, or Same
Scheme Only.
Keep Connection Alive check box.
Lock under Timeouts . Number of seconds after timeout expires to lock the connection.
Connection under Timeouts . Number of seconds after timeout expires to close the connection.
Type under Timeouts . Set if you selected
Inactivity option.
Type under Timeouts . Set if you selected
Absolute option.
Firewall and Proxy Servers . Set if a firewall is configured.
Use Proxy Server check box. Set if checked.
Network Location . URL to the web server.
Type . Type of firewall represented by a number.
Server . Name of server for the firewall.
Port . Port used by the proxy server or firewall.
1080 is the default.
101
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Options firewalluser firewallpassword firewalldata
SSL Settings (HTTPS) sslcertstore sslcertstorepassword sslcertstoretype
Description and UI
Username . Login name of the administrator that can access the firewall.
Password . Password to log in to the firewall.
Firewall Data or Proxy Authorization . Special authentication string for firewall or proxy server, if applicable.
Certificate store text box with no label. Name of the certificate.
Certificate Store Password .
Certificate Store Type , indicated by numeric designation.
Using OpenSSL check box.
Cipher List.
Certificate Authority File .
CA Directory .
SSL Enabled Protocols useopenssl opensslcipherlist opensslcafile opensslcadir tls1 ssl3 ssl2 pct1
Carrying Out an Administrative Installation with .bat File
A straightforward way to install Dragon from the command line to a server is to carry out an administrative installation using a .bat file.
Caution: Only advanced administrators should attempt any type of administrative installation.
Note: A script for carrying out a full administrative installation is provided in the admininstall.bat file at the top of the directory structure on the DVD. The script includes a
Understanding the script in admininstall.bat
Below are some of the lines from the script in the admininstall.bat file, a batch file that decompresses setup files into a network location for installation using SMS or another service.
102
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
To run the batch file, you enter admininstall.bat and follow it with the location of the Dragon
.msi file.
Near the top of the batch file, you see the lines that check the parameters entered and if the parameters passed are not acceptable, execute a routine that handles that situation:
:rem //Check and analyze input parameters if .%1.==.. goto bad_ args if .%2.==.. goto bad_args if .%3.==.. goto bad_args
If the arguments you pass when you enter the command are acceptable, the batch file sets the NETWORK_DNS_DIR to the location of the Dragon .msi file: set NETWORK_DNS_DIR=%1%
When you run the admininstall.bat file, the file installs Dragon using a single line of code that calls the setup.exe command and passes it:
n
/a option — Indicates administrative install
n
/s option for a silent no-GUI installation
n
/v option to indicate msiexec options follow, enclosed in quotation marks
When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the setup log.
The msiexec options with /v include /qb for display of a basic GUI during the process, the
TARGETDIR setting, and a /L with a series of log file options, including the name and location for the log file: echo Installing Dragon NaturallySpeaking... setup.exe /a /s /v"/qb
When the installation of Dragon succeeds or fails, the batch file displays an appropriate message. The remainder of the file handles errors and cases where bad arguments are passed on the command line.
Modifying admininstall.bat
You can modify the admininstall.bat file by adding to and changing the options you pass for installing Dragon. You can add more options and/or modify the options shown here. For more
on installation options, refer to Installation using the Dragon command line or these
summaries:
n
MSI Options Specific to Dragon
n
MSI Options for Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
n
Feature Variables to Set Through the ADDLOCAL or ADVERTISE Properties
n
MSI Options for Roaming User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
103
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Install Dragon on an initial computer and choose the default settings
Before you proceed, you should be familiar with installing the product on a single computer
from the DVD. For more information, see Installing, modifying and upgrading Dragon.
The initial installation is used to set default values for the Administrative, end-user, and Auto-
Formatting options. These options can then be used to install on other computers using the same values.
Even if you are installing from a server, you should run through the initial installation below
first. For more information on installing from a server, proceed to Overview of the Network
Installation of Dragon from a Server .
Caution: If you want to set any administrative settings, be sure you have Windows administrator privileges. Administrator rights are not required to create a User Profile or use the software after installation.
Before you begin:
n
Install any pending Windows updates and reboot the computer when you are finished.
n
Close all open applications.
n
Turn off or disable antivirus software; the installation process can sometimes trigger a false virus report.
Note: An alternative to this approach is to use msiexec.exe to install Dragon, covered under
Step-by-Step Command Line Installation with msiexec.exe
Extracting MSI/MST Files from the Dragon setup.exe
Some minor releases of Dragon do not include an MSI file. Instead, the file is part of the setup.exe file.
You can carry out an administrative installation using setup.exe, as follows:
n
Create a server image of Dragon files for later installing clients. You create the image by executing setup.exe and passing it the /a option and a Dragon-specific option that extracts MST and MSI files from the Dragon setup.exe file provided.
n
Use the options to extract the MSI/MST Files from the Dragon setup.exe.
Extracting MSI/MST Files from setup.exe
The following setup.exe options are designed to extract .msi/.mst files for Windows Installeroriented distributions.
Note : When you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, Dragon installs using the primary language for the product. You cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, when you install Dragon, Professional - English version,
Dragon installs using the English language.
If you attempt to use the /l option with setup.exe to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 using a non-primary language, the installation process uses the primary language for that edition of Dragon and ignores the /l option.
104
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
These options do not install any files, but rather extract an installable set of files into the server directory you specify.
105
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Option
/a
/a
/v
"< msiexec options >"
/l < Windows Language Code >
Description
Administrative installation. Instructs setup.exe
to perform an administrative installation to a network for use by a workgroup instead of a normal installation.
This option is required when trying to extract the .msi files.
An administrative installation installs a source image of the application onto the network. The image is similar to a source image on a CD or DVD. Users in the workgroup who have access can then install the product over the network from this source image.
Administrative installation. Instructs setup.exe
to perform an administrative installation to a network for use by a workgroup instead of a normal installation.
This option is required when trying to extract the .msi files.
An administrative installation installs a source image of the application onto the network. The image is similar to a source image on a CD or DVD. Users in the workgroup who have access can then install the product over the network from this source image.
Passes msiexec options to Windows
Installer. See table of msiexec options for details. This option is required when trying to extract the .msi
files.
Specifies the language to use for installing
Dragon . For example, to launch the installation in French, the command line would include /L1036 . The language codes supported for installing Dragon are:
1031=German
1033=English
1034=Spanish
1036=French
1040=Italian
1043=Dutch
106
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Option
EXTRACTFILES="c:\xyz"
TARGETDIR=”C:\xyz”
Description
Also creates an MST file for the language you specify, such as 1036.MST
.
Indicates the directory where the extracted .msi
/ .mst
files are to be written.
Long path names containing spaces need to be in quotation marks escaped by having a backslash precede each quotation mark (\"). This property is required to extract the .msi
files. If the directory you specify does not exist, the installer creates it.
Here is a sample command line to extract msi files from a single executable: setup.exe /a /s
/v"EXTRACTFILES=c:\temp\msifiles"
Use with administrative installations only.
Indicates the full path to where to install the image of Dragon .
Using .MSI/.MST Files for Custom Installations Example
Using .MST files you can tailor the MSI installation without changing the setup.exe file that
Nuance provides.
Note : When you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, Dragon installs using the primary language for the product. You cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, when you install Dragon , Professional, English version,
Dragon installs using the English language.
If you attempt to use the /l option with setup.exe to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 , using a non-primary language, the installation process uses the primary language for that edition of Dragon and ignores the /l option.
Step1: Running setup.exe to Extract .MSI and .MST Files
The following sample command line extracts the Dragon NaturallySpeaking msi file and the mst file used for installing Dragon : setup.exe /a /s /v"EXTRACTFILES=c:\temp\MSIfiles /qn"
Caution: The first time you try any command line, you should not run it in Silent mode, because if you have neglected to provide required information, you then receive a GUI prompt for that information.
Next, you specify the extracted .MSI and .MST files in a command line to install Dragon . The next two examples show how these files are used running first setup.exe, then msiexec.exe.
107
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Step 2: Passing MST File to setup.exe to Install Dragon
This sample command line launches setup and installs Dragon into the C:\Dragon directory:
Installation using the Dragon installation process
Perform the following steps to use the user interface of the Dragon installation process:
1. Insert the product DVD in the DVD drive. If the installation does not start, run setup.exe from the DVD.
2. Choose the Custom installation with appropriate languages and vocabularies.
3. Choose the Custom installation with appropriate vocabularies.
4. Choose the following check boxes under Additional options to have additional dialog boxes pop up at the end of the installation, where you can make changes that affect all end-users dictating on this computer.
l
Modify the application's settings for all user profiles - Displays the Options dialog box at the end of the installation.
l
Modify the administrative settings - Displays the Administrative Settings dialog box at the end of the installation, where you set up the Roaming feature, where to back up your User Profiles, and who can modify commands/vocabularies.
l
Auto-Formatting options - Displays the Auto-Formatting dialog box at the end of the installation, where you apply uniform formatting to all documents dictated at this installation; for example, formats for dates, times, and phone numbers.
5. When the Options dialog box appears, select the default options that should apply to all client installations and click OK. This dialog box is where you set up all the options under the various tabs (Correction, Command, and so on). In Dragon, you can also program custom actions into the buttons on the PowerMic I and PowerMic II microphones.
Note: Settings under the Playback/Text-to-Speech tab are not saved. To include Text-to-
Speech as a feature of your installation, work with options in Summary: MSI Options for
Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
.
Note: At least one supported third-party indexing/search software should be installed on the system before you install Dragon, or the Enable Desktop Search commands check box will not only be unchecked, but will not be available to be checked. Dragon supports
Google Desktop and Microsoft Vista Search.
6. When the Auto-Formatting dialog box appears, select Auto-Formatting options to apply to all client installations and click OK .
7. When the Administrative Settings dialog box appears, if you want to set up Roaming User
Profiles, set the options under Roaming User Profile (to set the HTTP or HTTPS settings under the HTTP Settings or HTTPS Settings button, you must have either http:// or https:// in front of the network directory path); whether you have Roaming User Profiles or not, set the options under Miscellaneous and Scheduled Tasks tabs and click Apply for each; then, when you have set all the settings, click OK.
8. Dragon has saved the configuration you created with running natspeak.exe in the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files (the roamingdef.ini file is created only if you set up
108
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Roaming User Profiles). You can find these .ini files under
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\
.
These .ini files are now considered customized files, because they now contain the custom settings that will be applied to each of the DNS client installations you deploy. Retrieve the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files and copy them to a directory where you can access them from the other client computers. (If you did not run natspeak.exe on the command line, you do not find a roamingdef.ini file; in that case, you can use a roaming.ini file from an existing installation whose settings you’d like to replicate. If you did not change the Network
Settings, you do not need a roamingdef.ini or roaming.ini file at all.)
You are now ready to install the same configuration you just established here onto other computers.
Notes:
n
If you are installing Dragon on more than one client computer and over a network, you can use the same .ini files with the MSI Installer (msiexec). You also use SMS Server or another server-based program that pushes the installation out to several clients at once. Even if you are installing from a server, you should run through the initial installation before you carry out the administrative installation. Then, for more
.
n
When you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, Dragon installs using the primary language for the product. You cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, when you install Dragon, Professional -
English version, Dragon installs using the English language. If you attempt to use the
/l option with setup.exe to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 using a non-primary language, the installation process uses the primary language for that edition of Dragon and ignores the /l option.
Install the same Dragon configuration on multiple computers
Note: If you chose Enable Desktop Search Commands on the Commands tab during the initial installation, you must install Google Desktop or Microsoft Vista Search before you install
Dragon; otherwise, that option does not take effect.
1. Be sure you can access the .ini files you created in the previous procedure from the computer you will be installing on or copy the files to a local path on the client computer where you are about to install Dragon.
2. Be sure you have the Dragon serial number (or the group serial number, if you are installing Dragon to multiple computers on a network).
3. Be sure all mapped drives you plan to use are mapped on individual client computers where you are distributing the installation.
4. Install any pending Windows updates and reboot the computer.
5. Open a command line window (Start > Run cmd).
109
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
6. Insert the product DVD in the DVD drive and search the DVD for the path where the
Dragon setup.exe is located.
7. On the computer where you are installing Dragon, to install the same configuration you created during the initial installation, enter the following on the command line (using the customized nsdefaults.ini file) of a single client. You pass the Dragon serial number for the SERIALNUMBER option and the full path to the nsdefaults.ini file using the
DEFAULTSINI option (this line assumes no Roaming User Profiles): setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log
Note: The full path for the DEFAULTSINI setting uses escaped out quotation marks (preceded by a backslash) only when there are spaces in the full path.
Caution: The first time you test any installation, you should pass /q rather than /qn so that if you have neglected to provide information about a setting that does not have a default, you receive a GUI prompt for that information.
8. If you entered a network address in the Network Directories box and set up HTTP or
HTTPS settings in the Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog during the initial installation, those settings are transferred to your client computers only if you include the
ROAMINGUSERINI option, set to roamingdef.ini: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
ROAMINGUSERINI=\"C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini\"
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log
You include the bolded portion of the above command lines so that if something goes wrong during the installation, you receive messages about it. You pass /L and a series of sub-options followed by a log file name to have the installation log errors and other messages related to the process. (You can send the log file to technical support should any issues arise.)
Note: You can also use the /qn option to install the product in Quiet mode, where no GUI or other messages appear. Another option, the /passive mode, runs the entire installation unattended, but displays a progress bar. However, the first time you run any installation command line, you should not use the /qn option, because turning off the GUI also turns off any messages that help you determine any problems with that command line. To use the /qn option, add it to the end of the command line: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\" DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_ path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\" DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_
110
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
ROAMINGUSERINI=\"C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini\" /L*v
C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn
Creating Custom Installation Using Microsoft Custom
Install Wizard
If you are installing Dragon on a network, you can create a custom installation program using a set of tools available from Microsoft.
1. Download and install the tools
2. Run the wizard
You are then ready to use the custom installer to install the product.
Installing the Microsoft Custom Installation Wizard
The Microsoft Custom Installation Wizard is part of the Microsoft Office Resource Kit Tools.
To install the Custom Installation Wizard:
1. Download the Office Resource Kit Tools (OrkTools.exe) from: http://www.microsoft.com/office/orkarchive/xpddl.htm
. The OrkTools.exe self-extracting executable (EXE) file installs the core Office XP Resource Kit tools on your computer through a single Setup program.
2. After downloading OrkTools.exe, to install the tools, you either double-click the executable or select Start > Programs > Microsoft Office Tools > Microsoft Office XP Resource
Kit Tools .
After you install the tool, you use its Custom Installation Wizard to create your custom installation. For details on using the wizard, proceed to Modifying setup Properties for Custom
Installation .
Modifying setup Properties for Custom Installation
The following explains how to modify setup properties for a custom installation of Dragon.
This example shows how to add to the installer configuration one of the many MSI options you can set for installing Dragon, the SERIALNUMBER property. (You can add any options available to MSI on the command line.)
1. Start the Microsoft Custom Installation Wizard by choosing Start > Programs >
Microsoft Office Tools > Microsoft Office XP Resource Kit Tools , and then click
Custom Installation Wizard . The Custom Installation Wizard screen displays:
111
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
2. Click Next.
3. On the Open the MSI File page of the wizard, shown below, select the .MSI file you want to use to create a custom installation. The compiled .MSI file is located on your installation
CD. The files are named:
n
Dragon NaturallySpeaking : Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi
112
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
4. The following example uses Dragon NaturallySpeaking 10.msi.
113
5. Click Next.
6. Click Yes when you see the following message:
7. On the Open the MST File page of the wizard, select Create a new MST file.
8. Click Next to continue.
9. On the Select MST File to Save page of the wizard, select a file name and path for the MST file you are creating:
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
10. Click Next.
11. On the Specify a Default Path and Organization page, select the default path for the installation. By default, Dragon installs in
\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
.
114
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
115
12. Click Next.
13. On the Remove Previous Versions page, keep the default selections and click Next. This page applies only to Microsoft Office and does not affect the Dragon installation.
14. Click Next to keep all the defaults when you come to the Set Features Installation States page, where you select particular components to install.
15. On the next several pages of the wizard, click Next on each, and proceed until you reach the Modify Setup Properties page. All the pages in between apply only to Microsoft Office.
n
Customize Default Application Settings page
n
Change Office User Settings page
n
Add/Remove Files page
n
Add/Remove Registry Entries page
n
Add, Modify, or Remove Shortcuts page
n
Identify Additional Servers page
n
Specify Office Security Settings page
n
Add Installations and Run Programs page
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
16. Use the Modify Setup Properties page, shown below, to add, modify, and set the MSI options of your custom installation.
17. Click the Add button to display the Add/Modify Property Value dialog box, where you modify the MSI installation options. In this example, we add and set the
SERIALNUMBER option.
18. In the following Add/Modify Property Value page, enter the new property name
SERIALNUMBER and a valid serial number, then click OK:
19. Note that the Modify Setup Properties page re-displays with the updated information. For example:
116
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
20. Continue adding or modifying other MSI options that apply for your environment. Once you are done, click Next.
21. On the Save Changes page, click Finish.
22. When the Custom Installation Wizard page appears, click Exit. This screen displays the location of Windows Installer transform (.MST file) that you created.
117
After you save changes, you can use the resulting .MST file to manage an installation through a Group Policy in Active Directory Services.
You are now ready to use the custom installer you created to install the product.
Installation using the Dragon command line
When you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, Dragon installs using the primary language for the product. You cannot install Dragon using a language that is different than the primary language. For example, when you install Dragon, Professional - English version, Dragon installs using the English language.
If you attempt to use the /l option with setup.exe to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 using a non-primary language, the installation process uses the primary language for that edition of Dragon and ignores the /l option.
Perform the following steps to use the Dragon command line:
1. Open a command line window (Start > Run and enter cmd).
2. Insert the product DVD in the DVD drive, search the DVD for the path where the Dragon setup.exe is located, and switch directories to the path on the product DVD where the
Dragon setup.exe is located.
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
3. Enter the following command line to install Dragon on this initial computer (ignore any errors you receive regarding the serial number, as it is not required for this in initial installation, unless you plan to dictate later): setup.exe /s /v"INSTALLDIR=c:\Dragon13 /L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log
/qn"
The /s option sets the silent option for every .exe that setup.exe provides a wrapper for - so that no GUI pops up.When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the setup log.
By contrast the /qn inside the quotation marks after /v sets the silent option for the Dragon installation.
The /v option introduces any series of msiexec.exe options you want to pass to the Windows installer, all enclosed in quotation marks after the /v, with no space allowed between the /v and the opening quotation mark. Among the options inside the quotation marks are:
n
INSTALLDIR — Indicates the full path to where you want Dragon installed
n
/L*v — (either upper or lowercase) Indicates the log file where messages about the installation should be written
n
/qn — (Quiet mode—also called Silent mode—no GUI) Turns off the Dragon GUI
Caution: The first time you test any installation, you should not run it in Silent mode, because if you have neglected to provide information about a setting that does not have a default, you receive a GUI prompt for that information. You should initially pass the /L*v option because it runs the entire installation GUI. When the Welcome dialog appears, you can stop and look into the log file., where you can search for Command line to verify that all command line parameters are being incorporated. The line you find will have this format:
MSI (c) (##:##)[##:##:##:###] Command Line: <OPTION>=<value>
<OPTION>=<value> ...
The above command line is to install the primary language of the Dragon product.
Logging errors and other messages
Sub-options for /L indicate the types of messages to send to the log:
118
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Sub-option
+
*
*vx v x o p r u c m e a i w
Message type sent to log file
Status messages
Nonfatal warnings
All error messages
Start up actions
Action-specific records
User requests
Initial UI parameters
Out-of-memory or fatal exit information
Out-of-disk-space messages
Terminal properties
Verbose output
Extra debugging info (Windows Server 2000 only)
Append to existing log file
Wildcard. Log all info except v and x options
Log all info including v and x options
Running natspeak.exe to Set Options
When the installation completes, you then set up the configuration on this initial computer by running natspeak up to three times, in the steps that follow. All steps are optional; by skipping a step, you are choosing to accept the default values for the options applicable for associated options.
1. On a workstation PC where Dragon is installed, close Dragon if it is running.
2. From the Windows Start menu, select All Programs > Accessories > Command
Prompt to open the Command Prompt window.
3. Switch to the Program directory. The default is:
C:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program
119
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
4. Enter the following natspeak command: natspeak.exe /setdefaultsoptions
5. When the Options dialog box appears, select the default options that should apply to all client installations and click OK. This dialog box is where you set up all the options under the various tabs (Correction, Command, and so on). In Dragon, you can also program custom actions into the buttons on the PowerMic I and PowerMic II microphones.
Note : Settings under the Playback/Text-to-Speech tab are not saved. To include Text-to-
Speech as a feature of your installation, work with options in Summary: MSI Options for
Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
.
Note : At least one supported third-party indexing/search software should be installed on the system before you install Dragon, or the Enable Desktop Search commands check box will not only be unchecked, but will not be available to be checked. Dragon supports
Google Desktop and Microsoft Vista Search.
6. Enter another natspeak command: natspeak /SetDefaultFormattingOptions
7. When the Auto-Formatting dialog box appears, select Auto-Formatting options to apply to all client installations and click OK .
8. Enter a final natspeak command: natspeak /setdefaultadministrativeoptions
9. When the dialog box appears, if you want to set up Roaming User Profiles, set the options under Roaming User Profile (to set the HTTP or HTTPS settings under the
HTTP Settings or HTTPS Settings button, you must have either http:// or https:// in front of the network directory path); whether you have Roaming User Profiles or not, set the options under Miscellaneous and Scheduled Tasks tabs and click Apply for each; then, when you have set all the settings, click OK.
10. Dragon has saved the configuration you created with running natspeak.exe in the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files (the roamingdef.ini file is created only if you set up Roaming User Profiles). You can find these .ini files under
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\
.
Note: If you do not find the nsdefaults.ini file in the sub-folders under All Users, navigate to All Users.WINDOWS, or administrator, or any other Documents and Settings subfolders for other end-users on this workstation until you locate the nsdefaults.ini file. It’s possible that the workstation was configured so that a different “user” folder is the default for application data for Nuance and other applications.
These .ini files are now considered customized files, because they now they contain the custom settings that will be applied to each of the DNS client installations you deploy.
Retrieve the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files and copy them to a directory where you can access them from the other client computers. (If you did not run natspeak.exe on the command line, you do not find a roamingdef.ini file; in that case, you can use a roaming.ini file from an existing installation whose settings you’d like to replicate. If you did not change the Network Settings, you do not need a roamingdef.ini or roaming.ini file at all.)
11. When you have located the nsdefaults.ini file, verify that your option settings have been changed. Double-click the nsdefaults.ini file to open it in a text editor. You should see
120
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide values defined for the options you changed.
Example: If the Capitalize ‘allergy’ and ‘allergies’ as ‘ALLERGY’ and ‘ALLERGIES’ option has been turned on, the nsdefaults.ini file contains this statement:
12. Include the newly created nsdefaults.ini file in your MSI package to distribute the file to all end-user workstations where Dragon is installed.
For more on natspeak.exe command line options, refer to natspeak Command Line
Switches .
You are now ready to install the same configuration you just established here onto other computers.
Note: If you are installing Dragon on more than one client computer and over a network, you can use the same .ini files with the MSI Installer (msiexec). You also use SMS Server or another server-based program that pushes the installation out to several clients at once. Even if you are installing from a server, you should run through the initial installation before you carry out the administrative installation. Then, for more information on installing from a server,
proceed to Overview of Installing Dragon using the Windows Installer (MSI) .
Natspeak.exe command line reference
You can use command line options to modify the way that Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 starts.
These switches are used in the following syntax: natspeak /switch where /switch is one or more switches from table below (each switch is a single word without spaces or hyphens):
121
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Switch
/diagnose
/user <user>
/topic <topic>
/quick
/SetDefaultOptions
/SetDefaultAdministrativeOptions
/SetDefaultFormattingOptions
Function
Runs Dragon in diagnostic mode to output info to Dragon.log file and exits.
Automatically loads the User Profile.
Automatically loads the topic
(Professional/Legal editions only).
Runs Dragon in QuickStart mode, a mode that starts Dragon without loading a User Profile or any speech models on startup of your computer.
Displays the Options dialog box.
Displays the Administrative settings dialog box.
Displays Auto-Formatting dialog box.
Other Actions You Can Take on Command Line
When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the log files. See
Troubleshooting silent install errors
for details.
Here are other (optional) actions you can take on the command line as part of a silent installation:
Note : In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, the installation process does not present the
QuickStart option. If you wish to enable this option, you can do so after Dragon is installed.
Additional Options for Silent Installations
n
Modifying the Default Installation Directory
n
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
n
Suppressing Reboot of the computer After Installation
n
Installing Same Roaming User Profile Configuration on Additional computer(s)
Additional Options with Extensive Settings for Silent Installations
n
Revising Day/Time of Scheduled Tasks (Optional)
n
Configuring Local or On-Demand Install of Vocabularies/Text-to-Speech (Optional)
Modifying Default Installation Directory
If you want to set an installation directory other than the default, pass INSTALLDIR="<full path to install>" on the command line (note that the quotation marks are required only if you have spaces in the path):
122
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
/qn"
Note: If the installation directory does not have spaces, note how the INSTALLDIR directory is designated in the command line: setup.exe /v"INSTALLDIR=C:\Dragon13 ADDLOCAL=ALL"
If the installation directory has space(s), it is surrounded in quotation marks that are escaped out by having backslashes precede them (shown in bold): setup.exe /v"INSTALLDIR=\"C:\NaturallySpeaking13\" ADDLOCAL=ALL"
Caution: The first time you try any installation, you should not run it in Silent mode, because if you have neglected to provide information about a setting that does not have a default, you receive a GUI prompt for that information.
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
If you want the individual client computer to download product updates to Dragon over the web, you would set the PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG option to 1 (option checks the check box).
If you prefer to install the updates on the servers and later distribute them to client computers, set this option to 0 (unchecks the check box). If your enterprise does not install service packs provided by Nuance, Nuance recommends you set this flag to -1: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1 /L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
Suppressing Reboot of the computer After Installation
To suppress rebooting of the computer after installation of Dragon completes, you can pass
Microsoft's REBOOT option set to ReallySuppress. Using this option is highly recommended if you are executing a silent installation ( if system updates are pending, rebooting is required for DNS to work normally).
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
The altered command line would look like this: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\" /qn
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1 REBOOT=ReallySuppress
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
123
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Installing the same Roaming User Profile Configuration on Additional computer(s)
Use the roamingdef.ini file you created during the initial installation as the input for the
ROAMINGUSERINI option in this format (be sure to use the full path to the file when you pass the option):
ROAMINGUSERINI=\"C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini\"
The default is empty (no .ini file will be used). Include the ROAMINGUSERINI option in the installation command line: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
ROAMINGUSERINI=\"C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini\"
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
The example above assumes that the full path has spaces in it, so it has escaped out quotation marks around the option value. After you have completed the installation, verify that all options are correctly set on the client computer.
Revising Day/Time of Scheduled Tasks (Optional)
This section describes how to modify the schedule for Dragon tasks to later take place on each dictation client computer by passing particular options in a command line installation.
This section is a continuation of Installation using the Dragon command line
. When you finish
this section, you might want to proceed to Configuring Local or On-Demand Install of
Vocabularies/Text-to-Speech (Optional) .
Note: You take the following actions on the client computer to install Dragon on client PCs, not on the computer where you installed the initial installation and configured default option settings for end-users.
You can include an additional option on the command line to run one or more of the following tasks on a particular schedule:
n
Acoustic model optimization (ACO) — This task optimizes the acoustic files used to recognize words that the end-user trains and speaks. You can set a particular date and time for this optimization to occur. When a speaker is new to Dragon, you might want to run the optimization more often, after the speaker has worked with Dragon for a while.
n
Language model optimization (LMO) — This task optimizes the language model
(vocabulary files) used to help recognize words that the end-user speaks. The model incorporates data from the end-user’s speech into the language model he or she is using, ultimately customizing the model for that User Profile.
n
Data Collection (DC) — This task automatically collects data that helps improve
Dragon’s ability to recognize speech. You can choose to allow this data to be sent back to Nuance over the Internet on a particular schedule or choose not to send the
124
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide data. This process does not collect your personal information. Data collection is not available in non-US English versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
You turn on/off the above tasks and set the schedule for those you turn on by passing an option called PERIODIC_TASK to the MSI installer. You set PERIODIC_TASK to a string containing short acronyms for the types of tasks, aco | lmo | dc, separated by vertical bars. If you do not pass the acronym for the feature, that feature is set to its default.
After the acronyms for the tasks to schedule, the string for PERIODIC_TASK should include the administrator login and password, then the schedules that correspond to the acronyms, in the order that they occur in the string. The schedules use three-letter weekday abbreviations and 24-hour time with two digits for the hour and two for the minute, separated by a colon.
The two schedules are separated by vertical bars and presented in the same order as their corresponding acronyms. While the acronyms for the tasks are separated from each other by vertical bars, semicolons separate the group of tasks from the admin user name, password, and group of schedules.
For instance, to retain the default schedule for data collection and modify schedules for acoustic model optimization to Mondays at 1 AM and language model optimization to
Mondays at 6 AM, you would set PERIODIC_TASK as follows:
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|lmo;admin;pswd;Mon, 01:00|Mon, 06:00"
An installation command line including this task setting option might look like the following: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
ROAMINGUSERINI=\"C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini\"
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|lmo;admin;pswd;Mon, 01:00|Mon, 06:00"
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
For more information on the PERIODIC_TASK option, refer to MSI Options for Roaming
User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
.
Configuring Local or On-Demand Install of
Vocabularies/Text-to-Speech (Optional)
This section describes how to enable Roaming User Profiles in a command line installation
and is a continuation of Installation using the Dragon command line
.
Note: You take the following actions on the client computer where you want to install Dragon, not on the computer where you carry out the initial installation.
Installing only particular vocabularies locally, others on-demand
, by default you install all the available vocabularies locally.
If you do not want all of those vocabularies to be installed locally, but to instead have them installed only if/when an end-user attempts to deploy a particular vocabulary, you can indicate that fact on the installation command line by adding the ADDLOCAL option and setting it to the names of the vocabularies to install locally.
125
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
For example, say you want to do a partial installation of Dragon and you only want to install the General vocabulary. You set ADDLOCAL to NatSpeak, ENUGeneral, and the command line would appear as follows (NatSpeak must be in the setting of ADDLOCAL, unless you set ADDLOCAL to ALL; otherwise, the installation fails): setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\" PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1
REBOOT=ReallySuppress ADDLOCAL=NatSpeak,ENUGeneral
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
Note: There must not be any spaces between the arguments specified for ADDLOCAL.
If you want other vocabularies to be available, you set ADDLOCAL to ALL and set the
ADVERTISE property to a list of additional vocabularies. The command line might look like the following: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1 REBOOT=ReallySuppress ADDLOCAL=ALL
ADVERTISE=<Additional vocabularies separated by commas>
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
Separate the features/vocabularies for ADDLOCAL with commas, but do not put spaces in the list. The names you must use for the vocabularies consist of a prefix for the language, then the name of the vocabulary, such as ENU for English and General to form
ENUGeneral. For a list of the exact names for features/vocabularies you can assign to
ADDLOCAL or ADVERTISE on the command line, refer to MSI Options for Installing
Dragon Features/Advanced Options .
Installing Text-to-Speech feature
To install Text-to-Speech locally, you would include the feature in the list of features for
ADDLOCAL; for instance, you would add TTSENX for Text-to-Speech in English: setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\"
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1 REBOOT=ReallySuppress
ADDLOCAL=TTSENX,NatSpeak,ENUGeneral
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
For more information, see these summary topics:
n
MSI Options Specific to Dragon
.
n
Feature Variables to Set Through the ADDLOCAL or ADVERTISE Properties
n
MSI Options for Roaming User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
126
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Upgrading Your Dragon Installation from the Command
Line
There are two command line upgrade scenarios:
n
Major Upgrade—Upgrading from Version 11.x or 12.x to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13.
n
Minor Upgrade—Upgrading to a higher point release within the same edition and version of Dragon. For example, upgrading from Dragon 10.0 to Dragon 10.x.
All of these types of upgrades can either display the GUI or be silent (not display the GUI), except the minor upgrade, which does not support the silent option. Upgrades to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 are only supported from Dragon 11.x or 12.x
When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the log files. See
Troubleshooting silent install errors
for details.
An administrator cannot upgrade User Profiles with the command line installation. For more information on upgrading Roaming User Profiles, see the section below. If User Profiles are not Roaming User Profiles, administrators run the User Profile Upgrade Wizard after installation completes.
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles
Before upgrade User Profiles, administrators must upgrade Roaming User Profiles in the
Roaming User Profile directory. Afterwards, administrators can upgrade Dragon on the client computers and the Roaming User Profiles become available as soon as the upgrade is complete.
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Background on Roaming User Profiles
Before administrators upgrade Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, they need to recall some basics about how the Roaming feature works: Each Dragon end-user has a master Roaming User Profile that can be opened from any networked computer where
Dragon is installed. The master Roaming User Profiles are stored on a network location.
When a master Roaming User Profile is opened from that central network location, Dragon transfers a copy of that User Profile to the Local Roaming User Profile on the computer where the end-user is dictating.
Recommended Approach
Since the Local Roaming User Profile is a copy of the end-user data taken from the master
Roaming User Profile, it does not make any sense to directly upgrade the Local Roaming
User Profile when upgrading the local Dragon installation.
Instead, administrators should install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 directly on the network computer where the current Master Roaming User Profiles are located and upgrade those
Master Roaming User Profiles directly. After upgrading the master Roaming User Profiles, administrators can then proceed to upgrade end-user systems that deploy the Roaming feature.
127
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Notes:
n
Even though the User Profile Upgrade Wizard supports both mapped drives and
UNC paths, Nuance strongly recommends upgrading the Master Roaming User
Profiles on a drive on a computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is locally installed. Nuance does not recommend upgrading the Master Roaming User Profiles across a network to either a mapped drive or UNC path; upgrading over a network will take a undetermined length of time. In addition, the User Profile Upgrade
Wizard does not support upgrading User Profiles over an HTTP connection.
n
Upgrading the master Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 leaves the current master Roaming User Profiles unchanged, so that the end-users in the network can run the current version of Dragon while the administrator plans the upgrade.
n
If upgrading from Dragon version 10.x or earlier to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, version 9.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13:
1. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
2. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, create a new User Profile
3. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, import the custom words and commands
See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands.
Step-by-Step Process for Upgrading Roaming User
Profiles
1. Plan to upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles at a time when they are not being opened by end-users, for example during the night or on a weekend. Nuance recommends backing-up User Profiles before upgrading them.
2. Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the computer where the current Master Roaming
User Profiles are located. If that is not possible, Nuance recommends that you install
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on a separate computer where you will perform the upgrades.
OR
If unable to install Dragon where the current Master Roaming User Profiles are located,
Nuance recommends administrators:
n
Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on a separate computer where they will perform the upgrades.
n
Copy the current Master Roaming User Profiles from the network location to the computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed.
n
Upgrade the current Master Roaming User Profiles on the computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed.
n
Copy the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming
User Profiles to a network accessible directory on the original network location.
128
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 or earlier, if the upgrade installation displays an option to upgrade existing User Profiles to work with this installation, ignore the option, as it does not affect Roaming User Profiles. Administrators manually run the User Profile Upgrade Wizard later.
3. On the end-user systems where the end-users dictate, save and close any open User Profiles on each current Dragon system that uses the Roaming feature.
If there is no time when all of the Roaming User Profiles are not in use (for example, in a hospital where physicians use Dragon during a night shift), administrators can upgrade different groups of Roaming User Profiles at different times.
4. On the central network location that stores the current master Roaming User Profiles, back up the master Roaming User Profiles to a separate location by using any system backup utility that is implemented at your facility. On the central network location that stores the current master Roaming User Profiles, create a new directory to store the upgraded Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles.
Always be sure the upgraded User Profiles are in a different location from the current User
Profiles. If end-users see two versions of each User Profile, they may become confused when they try to open a User Profile. Nuance recommends storing User Profiles, from different versions of Dragon, in different locations.
5. If Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is not installed on the computer where the current Master
Roaming User Profiles are located, create a directory on the local computer where Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed. The directory stores all the Master Roaming User Profiles you plan to upgrade. Copy the current Master Roaming User Profiles from the network location to this directory.
6. On the administrator system where you upgrade the Master Roaming profiles to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13, start Dragon and make sure the Roaming feature is turned off.
To turn off the Roaming feature :
n
Close any open User Profiles.
n
Click Tools > Administrative Settings on the menu to display the
Administrative Settings dialog box.
n
On the Roaming tab, make sure Enable is not selected.
7. Close Dragon.
8. On the computer where both the current Master Roaming profiles and Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 are installed, select Start > Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking
> Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools > Upgrade User Profiles . The User Profile
Upgrade Wizard opens.
If you do not turn off the Roaming feature in the Administrative Settings dialog box before attempting to start the User Upgrade Wizard, you see an error message stating that you cannot upgrade a Roaming User Profile. If you see the message, go back to the Administrative Settings dialog and make sure the Enabled check box is not checked.
9. On the Select the profile(s) to upgrade page, click Browse to add a profile to select the location of the current Master Roaming User Profiles. The Select the profile(s) to upgrade page now displays a list of User Profiles in the selected directory:
129
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Continue to add User Profiles from other local locations or use the Remove from list button to remove specific User Profiles. Click Next to continue.
130
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
10. If you choose to upgrade only one User Profile, the wizard displays the number of minutes the upgrade requires to complete the upgrade.
131
11. If you upgrade a UK User Profile, the wizard displays a page that lets you select a region for the profile.
12. On the Choose where to store the upgraded profile(s) page, in the Location for upgraded profile(s) text box, choose the local location you previously created to contain the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 master Roaming User Profiles. If a location is
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI) not visible, click the Browse button, find the correct location, and click Next .
13. The Begin profile upgrading page displays the number of User Profiles that the wizard is prepared to upgrade.
Click Begin upgrading to start the upgrade process. The upgrade process can take 2-
24 minutes or more per User Profile, depending on the speed of the computer system and the speed of the network. Click Stop at any time to interrupt this process. The upgrade process creates new master Roaming User Profiles in the destination you selected.
14. Click Finish to complete the upgrading process and exit the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
The User Profile Upgrade Wizard renames Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 master
Roaming User Profile as follows: <name> (v13) . For example, Dragon copies and renames a Dragon 11.x Master Roaming User Profile named roaminguser1 to roaminguser1 (v13.x) when the profile upgrades to Dragon NaturallySpeaking13. Dragon does not change the Dragon 11.x Master Roaming User Profile named roaminguser1 .
15. (Optional) If you cannot install Dragon where the original Master Roaming User Profiles are located and those User Profiles were copied to another computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 was installed, copy the upgraded Master Roaming User Profiles back to the new network-accessible directory that you created to store them.
16. Since the User Profile Upgrade Wizard leaves the Dragon 11.x or 12.x master Roaming User Profiles unchanged and in their original network location, the Dragon 11.x or
12.x systems can continue to use the Roaming feature until you upgrade the systems to
Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 Follow the steps in "Major and Minor Upgrades: Silent
Upgrade" and be sure to enable the Roaming feature. In the Network Directories settings, set the correct path to the upgraded Roaming User Profiles.
132
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
17. Run Dragon on the end-user system and open a User Profile.
Dragon 10.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13:
1. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
2. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, create a new User Profile
3. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, import the custom words and commands
See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands.
Major and Minor Upgrades: Silent Upgrade
To upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 (major upgrade), you can use either msiexec.exe or setup.exe. You can carry out this installation with a GUI or silently. The procedure presented here shows how to upgrade silently using msiexec.exe.
Note : A Minor upgrade involves upgrading to a higher point release within the same edition and version of Dragon. For example, upgrading from Dragon 10.0 to Dragon 10.x.
Overview of Silent Upgrade
If your environment requires that you perform a silent installation and use msiexec.exe, rather than setup.exe, take these high-level actions in this order:
n
Uninstall the older version of Dragon.
n
Version 10 only: Uninstall the older version of Visual C++ Runtime for Dragon.
n
For major upgrades only: Perform an initial installation of the new version of Dragon on a single computer and establish the configuration you want to use by calling natspeak.exe on the command line and passing it these options:
n
/setdefaultoptions
n
/setdefaultformattingoptions (to set only the general Auto-Formatting options)
n
/setdefaultadministrativeoptions
When you run the Dragon command line installation silently, the msiexec.exe installer automatically retains User Profiles from the previous version. Afterwards, individual endusers can upgrade their local (but not Roaming) User Profiles when they start Dragon. (For updating Roaming User Profiles, see Before You Upgrade .)
When you perform a silent installation or upgrade of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the log
files. See Troubleshooting silent install errors
for details.
.
The table below lists GUIDs that you pass to the /x option of msiexec for each version of
Dragon and Visual C++ Runtime for Dragon. Make sure to use the /x option with the GUID.
133
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Products and versions
DNS V13
DNS V12
DNS V11
DNS V10 and
10.x
DNS V9 and 9.x
VC-Runtime 32bit
VC-Runtime 64bit
GUID
{33EA20FB-5389-4938-BA59-2BCD9BB68F41}
{D5D422B9-6976-4E98-8DDF-9632CB515D7E}
{EFFA53BC-8C04-2E21-3D90-A13B1697B0CA}
{E7712E53-7A7F-46EB-AA13-70D5987D30F2}
{DDDD90B2-80F2-413A-8A8E-38C5076A7DBA}
{4A5A427F-BA39-4BF0-9A47-9999FBE60C9F}
{4A5A427F-BA39-4BF0-9A47-7777FBE60C9F}
Step-by-Step Upgrade Process
You must follow these steps to set options for your end-users:
1. If you are upgrading from a previous version of Dragon, copy the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files to a central location so they can accessed later.
2. Open a command line window ( Start > Run and enter cmd ).
3. Uninstall the current version of Dragon with msiexec.exe by passing the installer the /x option followed by the old version’s GUID and the /qn option to turn off any GUI.
The correct GUID for each Version you can upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the command line is shown in the adjacent table and the example below uses the Dragon
9.x GUID: msiexec /x {DDDD90B2-80F2-413A-8A8E-38C5076A7DBA}
/L*v "C:\updatelog.log" /qn msiexec automatically retains User Profiles when you use the silent option.
Caution: The first time you try any upgrade, you should not run it in Silent mode, because if you have neglected to provide required information, you then receive a GUI prompt for that information.
4. If you are upgrading from Dragon 12 to 12.x (minor upgrade), uninstall the old version of
Visual C++ Runtime for Dragon with msiexec.exe by passing the installer the /x option followed by the old version’s GUID and the /qn option to turn off any GUI. The example below shows uninstalling the 32-bit Visual C++ Runtime for Dragon: msiexec /x {4A5A427F-BA39-4BF0-9A47-9999FBE60C9F}
/L*v "C:\updatelog.log" /qn
To uninstall the 64-bit version, use the alternative GUID shown in the adjacent table.
5. Be sure you have the Dragon serial number (or the group serial number, if you are upgrading Dragon on multiple networked computers).
134
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
6. Be sure all mapped drives you plan to use are mapped on individual client computers where you are distributing the upgrade.
7. Install any pending Windows updates on clients and reboot as needed before continuing.
8. If you are performing a minor upgrade, skip this step. If you are performing a major upgrade, perform an initial installation on a single computer where you configure the settings of User Profile options, Auto-Formatting options, and administrative settings. You
can follow the instructions in Install the Same Configuration on Additional computers under
Installation using the Dragon command line
.
9. Be sure you can access the .ini files from the old installation (minor upgrades) or the .ini files you just created in the initial installation (major upgrades) from all computers you will be upgrading. (Or copy the files to a local path on the client computer where you are about to upgrade.)
10. For a major upgrade, install the new version of Dragon with msiexec.exe by passing the installer the /i option followed by the name of the Dragon .msi file and options like those shown in the sample below: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-## REBOOT=ReallySuppress
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
ROAMINGUSERINI="C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini"
REMOVEOLDPROD=1 /L*v "C:\logfile.log" /qn
To ensure that the entire old version of the product is removed, you pass
REMOVEOLDPROD=1 (major upgrades only, not minor upgrades) so that the process removes the old version of Dragon before installing the new. In addition, you should be sure to provide the full path to each .ini file you are using.
11. For a minor upgrade, install the new version of Dragon with msiexec.exe the same way as you would the major upgrade, only passing both REINSTALL or REINSTALLMODE options, as shown in the sample below. Here REINSTALL is set to ALL and
REINSTALLMODE is set to vemus , where /v indicates to reinstall from the source (reupdating cache), e indicates to install the newer file if one is available, mu means to rewrite the registry settings, and s means to reinstall all shortcuts and recache all icons. For more
information on the REINSTALL and REINSTALLMODE settings, refer to MSI Options for
Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
.
Here is a typical minor upgrade installation line: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
ROAMINGUSERINI="C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini"
REINSTALL=ALL REINSTALLMODE=vamus
/L*v "C:\logfile.log" /qn
Caution: If you do not pass the REINSTALL and REINSTALLMODE options, the minor upgrade will fail.
135
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Using setup.exe for Upgrades
Note : A Minor upgrade involves upgrading to a higher point release within the same edition and version of Dragon. For example, upgrading from Dragon 10.0 to Dragon 10.x.
Although the upgrade does not migrate forward the configuration and Roaming User Profile settings from the earlier version, you can reuse the nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files you used to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13. You can also create new .ini files or update existing ones.
When you run setup.exe with a GUI to install a minor upgrade, setup.exe can detect when a previous version of Dragon exists on a target computer. Once it detects a previous version, setup.exe runs the rest of your installation in minor upgrade mode, automatically overwriting older files with newer files and adding any missing files.
Using setup.exe for Silent Upgrades
If you are upgrading a previous version of Dragon, you must use the REINSTALL=ALL option and REINSTALLMODE set to the sub-options that indicate which files to reinstall, usually REINSTALLMODE=vamus. If you did not originally install in the default location, the
INSTALLDIR option is also required. Here is the command line using setup.exe:
To upgrade silently with setup.exe, you pass the /s option, then pass REINSTALL or
REINSTALLMODE options. When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the setup log.
setup.exe /s /v"/i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\\Dragon13\"
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
ROAMINGUSERINI=\"C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini\"
REINSTALL=ALL REINSTALLMODE=vamus
/L*v C:\logfile.log /qn"
When you perform a silent installation or upgrade of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the log
files. See Troubleshooting silent install errors
for details.
Step-by-Step Command Line Installation with msiexec.exe
Another way to install Dragon from the command line on several dictation client computers is to use the msiexec.exe program from Microsoft. You are required to use msiexec.exe instead of setup.exe if you are installing Dragon from a server across a network to a single or multiple computers.
In the sections that follow, you carry out these two tasks:
n
Install Dragon on Initial computer and Establish Configuration
n
Install Same Configuration on Additional computer(s)
136
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Finding the MSI Installer on the Dragon DVD
The compiled MSI file is located on your installation DVD. The files for each edition are named after the product name. For example:
n
Dragon NaturallySpeaking (all editions) or Dragon Medical Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13.msi
You can double click on one of these .msi
files to start the InstallShield Wizard; however, to instead take advantage of available command line options, you can pass the file name as the application to install to the msiexec.exe command using the /i option: msiexec.exe /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking13.msi"
Install Dragon on Initial computer and Establish Configuration
Follow the steps outlined under Installation using the Dragon command line .
Then return here and continue with the next section to install the same configuration on individual client computers using msiexec.exe instead of setup.exe.
Install Same Configuration on Additional computer(s)
If you chose Enable Desktop Search Commands on the Commands tab during the initial installation, you must install Google Desktop or Microsoft Vista Search before you install
Dragon; otherwise, that option does not take effect.
1. Be sure you can access the .ini files you created in the previous procedure from the computer you will be installing on or copy the files to a local path on the client computer where you are about to install Dragon.
2. Be sure you have the Dragon serial number (or the group serial number, if you are installing Dragon to multiple computers on a network).
3. Be sure all mapped drives you plan to use are mapped on individual client computers where you are distributing the installation.
4. Install any pending Windows updates/reboot the computer.
5. Open a command line window by selecting Start > Run and entering cmd .
6. On your product DVD, locate the compiled .msi file for the edition of Dragon you want to install and switch to that directory.
7. Retrieve the customized nsdefaults.ini and roamingdef.ini files from the computer where carried out the initial installation.
8. To install Dragon, enter the following command line, using the /i option also using the /qn option to install the product in Quiet mode, where no GUI appears. You also pass the
Dragon serial number for the SERIALNUMBER option, the full path to the nsdefaults.ini file for the DEFAULTSINI option, and the full path to the roamindef.ini file for the
ROAMINGUSERINI option: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
ROAMINGUSERINI="C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini"
/L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
Notes :
137
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
n
For an administrative installation, you pass the /a option to msiexec rather than the /i option. You also need to pass the TARGETDIR option instead of the INSTALLDIR option.
n
The first time you test this installation, you should pass /q rather than /qn so that if you have neglected to provide information about a setting that does not have a default, you receive a prompt asking for that information.
The bolded portion of the preceding command line is included so that if something goes wrong during the installation, you receive messages about it. You pass /L and a series of sub-options to have the installation process log errors and other types of messages related to the process. (You can then send the log file to Nuance Technical Support should any issues arise.)
Additional Options for Installations with msiexec.exe
Note : In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, the installation process does not present the
QuickStart option. If you wish to enable this option, you can do so after Dragon is installed.
When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the log files. See
Troubleshooting silent install errors
for details.
Additional Options for Silent Installations
n
Modifying the Default Installation Directory
n
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
n
Suppressing Reboot of computer After Installation
n
Installing Same Roaming User Profile Configuration on Additional computer(s)
Additional Options with Extensive Settings for Silent Installations
n
Installing Some Vocabularies Locally/Others Only On Demand
n
Installing Text-to-Speech Feature
n
Reinstalling Dragon with Particular Set of Features
n
Setting Day/Time of Scheduled Tasks
Additionally, you can launch the Online Registration Form After Installation
Additional Options for Silent Installations
Note : In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, the installation process does not present the
QuickStart option. If you wish to enable this option, you can do so after Dragon is installed.
When you perform a silent installation of Dragon, the installation process does not display any messages. To view installation messages, administrators should view the log files. See
Troubleshooting silent install errors
for details.
Additional Options for Silent Installations
n
Modifying the Default Installation Directory
n
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
138
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
Suppressing Reboot of computer After Installation
n
Installing Same Roaming User Profile Configuration on Additional computer(s)
Additional Options with Extensive Settings for Silent Installations
n
Installing Some Vocabularies Locally/Others Only On Demand
n
Installing Text-to-Speech Feature
n
Reinstalling Dragon with Particular Set of Features
n
Setting Day/Time of Scheduled Tasks
Additionally, you can launch the Online Registration Form After Installation
Modifying Default Installation Directory
If you want to set an installation directory other than the default, pass INSTALLDIR="<path to install>" to msiexec on the command line: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
/L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
Note: For an administrative installation, you should pass the TARGETDIR option instead of the INSTALLDIR option.
Configuring Installation of Product Updates
If you want the individual client computer to download product updates to Dragon over the web, you would set the PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG option to 1 (option checks the check box).
If you prefer to let the server download the updates and later distribute them to client computer, set this option to 0 (unchecks the check box). To not even display the check box, set the option to -1. For enterprise sites, choose -1 to prevent product updates from being downloaded.
msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1 /L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
Suppressing Reboot of computer After Installation
To suppress rebooting of the computer after installation of Dragon completes, you can pass
Microsoft's REBOOT option set to ReallySuppress. Using this option also suppresses the reboot sometimes required by the installation of Visual C++ Runtime for Dragon, which setup.exe installs in the background. Using this option is highly recommended if you are executing a silent installation (But if system updates are pending, rebooting is required for
DNS to work normally.
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
The altered command line would look like this:
139
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI) setup.exe /s /v"SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI=\"C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini\"
INSTALLDIR=\"C:\<full_path>\Dragon13\" /qn
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1 REBOOT=ReallySuppress
/L*v C:\Logs\logfile.log /qn"
Suppressing Reboot of computer After Installation
To prevent the computer where you are installing Dragon from rebooting automatically after the installation ends, you can pass Microsoft’s REBOOT option set to ReallySuppress:
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
The altered command line would look like this: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
/L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
Installing the Same Roaming User Profile Configuration on Additional computer(s)
Use the roamingdef.ini file you created during the initial installation as the input for the
ROAMINGUSERINI option in this format (be sure to use the full path to the file when you pass the option):
ROAMINGUSERINI="Y:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini"
In the above example, Y: is mapped network drive, accessible from client computers.
Optionally include the ROAMINGUSERINI option in the installation command line. If you do not use this property, default settings are assumed.
msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
ROAMINGUSERINI="C:\<full_path>\roamingdef.ini"
/L*v "C:\nuanceLogs\logfile.log" /qn
After you have completed the installation, verify that all options are correctly set on the client computer.
Launching Online Registration Form After Installation
To have the online registration form for Dragon pop up on the workstation in its browser immediately after the installation completes, you can pass a option to the
WEBREGISTRATION option and set it to 1 (applies only if you do not use the /qn option).
The default is 0 which means registration will not be launched.
140
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
WEBREGISTRATION=1
The revised command line would look like this: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13" PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
WEBREGISTRATION=1 /L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log"
Installing Some Vocabularies Locally and Others On Demand
When you install Dragon on a client computer, by default you install all the available vocabularies locally.
If you do not want all of those vocabularies to be installed locally, but to instead have them installed only if/when an end-user attempts to create a particular vocabulary, you can indicate that fact on the installation command line by adding the ADDLOCAL option and setting it to the names of the vocabularies to install locally.
For instance, to install only an English Legal vocabulary, you would set ADDLOCAL to
NatSpeak, ENUGeneral and the command line would appear as follows (NatSpeak must be in the setting of ADDLOCAL, unless you set ADDLOCAL to ALL, or the installation will fail): msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13" PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1
REBOOT=ReallySuppress ADDLOCAL=NatSpeak,ENUGeneral
/L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
Separate the features/vocabularies for ADDLOCAL with commas, but do not put spaces in the list. The names you must use for the vocabularies consist of a prefix for the language, then the name of the vocabularysuch as ENU for English and General to form ENUGeneral. For a list of the exact names for features/vocabularies you can assign to ADDLOCAL or
ADVERTISE on the command line, refer to Summary: MSI Options for Installing Dragon
Features/Advanced Options.
Installing Text-to-Speech Feature
To install Text-to-Speech locally, you would include the feature in the list of features for
ADDLOCAL; for instance, you would add TTSENX for Text-to-Speech in English: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13" PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
ADDLOCAL=TTSENX,NatSpeak,ENUGeneral
/L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
141
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Reinstalling Dragon with Particular Set of Features
Sometimes you want to reinstall Dragon and add or remove particular features of the product. You can also take this action on the command line using the REINSTALL and
REINSTALLMODE options of the MSI installer. You set REINSTALL to those features you want to install or to ALL.
For example, to install a minor upgrade to Dragon, you might use this command line: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi" REINSTALL=ALL
REINSTALLMODE=vamus /qn
The vemus options: v indicates to reinstall from the source (reupdating cache), e indicates to install the newer file if one is available, mu means to rewrite the registry settings, and s means to reinstall all shortcuts and re-cache all icons. For more information on the
REINSTALL and REINSTALLMODE settings, refer to Summary: MSI Options for
Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options .
Note : A Minor upgrade involves upgrading to a higher point release within the same edition and version of Dragon. For example, upgrading from Dragon 10.0 to Dragon 10.x.
Setting Day/Time for Scheduled Tasks
To retain the default schedule for data collection and modify schedules for acoustic model optimization to Mondays at 1 AM and language model optimization to Mondays at 6 AM, you would set the PERIODIC_TASK string as follows:
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|lmo;admin;pswd;Mon, 01:00|Mon, 06:00"
An MSI installation command line including the option setting this schedule would look like this: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13"
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
ROAMINGUSERINI="C:<full_path>\roamingdef.ini"
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|lmo;admin;pswd;Mon, 01:00|Mon, 06:00"
/L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log" /qn
For more information on the PERIODIC_TASK option, refer to MSI Options for Roaming
User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
.
Launching Online Registration Form After Installation
To have the online registration form for Dragon pop up on the workstation in its browser immediately after the installation completes, you can pass a option to the
WEBREGISTRATION option and set it to 1 (applies only if you do not use the /qn option).
The default is 0 which means registration will not be launched.
WEBREGISTRATION=1
The revised command line would look like this:
142
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi"
SERIALNUMBER=#####-###-####-####-##
DEFAULTSINI="C:\<full_path>\nsdefaults.ini"
INSTALLDIR="C:\<full_path>\Dragon13" PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=-1
REBOOT=ReallySuppress
WEBREGISTRATION=1 /L*v "C:\Logs\logfile.log"
MSI Options Specific to Dragon
This section describes the fundamental msiexec.exe options that apply to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13. Additional options that apply only to a Dragon installation are listed in:
n
MSI Windows Installer Options
n
MSI Options for Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
n
MSI Options for Roaming User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
Dragon command line options do not need to be prefaced by hyphens or slashes.
Notes :
n
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, the installation process does not present the
QuickStart option. If you wish to enable this option, you can do so after Dragon is installed.
n
Launching msiexec.exe /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.msi" XYZ=ABC automatically sets the property named XYZ to the value of ABC internally and continues the installation. However, if you use setup.exe to install, you must put all msiexec.exe options you pass it in quotation marks after the /v option.
Unless noted otherwise, all property values are in UPPERCASE.
143
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Options
DEFAULTSINI="c:< nsdefaults.ini" path >\
SERIALNUMBER=abcdefgh-ijkl-mnop-qr
PRODUCTUPDATEFLAG=0
(or 1 or –1)
Description
Indicates a default settings
( nsdefaults.ini
) file that the installer uses to change the default behavior of the product for all end-users at installation time. This file must be in an
.ini
file format; any settings you want to take effect on clients must have a section name encased in square brackets as well as the value and data. If only values and data are set in this file without the section name encased in brackets, the settings are not propagated on client computers. Usually, you do not edit the nsdefaults.ini
file directly; instead you set defaults in Dragon’s Options and
Administrative Settings dialog boxes.
Follow these steps to create a nsdefaults.ini file for an MSI installation:
Install Dragon on a computer with
Windows administrator privileges.
Set options in the Options and
Administrative Settings dialog boxes as required in your environment and save them by closing Dragon .
Copy the nsdefaults.ini file created by this installation of Dragon to a separate location. By default, the nsdefaults.ini is located in:
C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\
Use the copied nsdefaults.ini as the input for the DEFAULTSINI option.
A serial (license) number is required for all installations. You must specify a valid serial number on the command line.
Note: Specifying a serial number on the command line does not bypass the serial number checking within setup.
Sets the default state of the product update check box at the end of
144
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Options
SETDEFAULTS=0 (or 1)
SETADMINS=0 (or 1)
Description installation, to indicate whether the installation should automatically check the web for product updates. Automatic product updates are not supported for enterprise installations.
A value of 0 (zero) turns the check box off by default, 1 (one) turns it on by default.
To disable the option entirely (turn the option off and suppress the display of the check box altogether), set the value to –
1 .
The default setting is 1 (enables the check box and checks for product updates by default).
If set to 1, sets the default state of
Modify the application’s settings for all users check box to display the
Options dialog box at the end of the installation. The Options dialog box lets you change Dragon ’s standard behavior, including specifying hot keys, customizing how text is formatted, changing initial microphone settings, and setting the how often your User Profiles are backed up. Applies only if your installation displays the Installation
Wizard .
A value of 0 / 1 will turn check box off/on accordingly.
With SETDEFAULTS=1 , no dialogs display during installation if /qn is used for Quiet mode installation.
If set to 1 , sets the default state of
Modify the administrative settings check box to display the Administrative settings dialog box at the end of the installation. The Administrative settings dialog box lets you set up the
Roaming feature, set the backup location of your User Profiles, and restrict end-users from modifying
145
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Options
SETFORMATTINGS=0 (or 1)
WEBREGISTRATION=1 (or
0)
Description commands and vocabularies. Applies only if your installation displays the
Installation Wizard .
A value of 0 / 1 will turn checkbooks off/on accordingly.
With SETADMINS=1 , no dialogs display during installation if /qn is used for Quiet mode installation.
If set to 1 , sets the default state of
Modify the administrative settings check box to display the Auto-
Formatting dialog box at the end of the installation. The Auto-Formatting dialog box lets you set up visual formats for the output of the recognized text, including standard abbreviations and other preferences. Applies only if your installation displays the Installation
Wizard .
A value of 0 / 1 will turn check box off/on accordingly.
With SETFORMATTINGS=1 , no dialogs display during installation if /qn is used for Quiet mode installation.
Determines whether or not to launch the on-line product registration form after the installation completes. 0 disables the product registration. The default of 1 enables display of the form.
MSI Options for Installing Dragon Features/Advanced
Options
This section describes additional msiexec.exe options that apply to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13. Although these options are for msiexec.exe, they are also available for setup.exe if you use them with the /v“ option.
Other options are listed under:
n
Summary: MSI Windows Installer Options
n
Summary: MSI Options Specific to Dragon.
n
Summary: MSI Options for Roaming User Profile, Tuning, and Data Collection Setup
146
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Note : A Minor upgrade involves upgrading to a higher point release within the same edition and version of Dragon. For example, upgrading from Dragon 10.0 to Dragon 10.x.
The following table presents options that apply to a Dragon installation where you select particular features to install. Unless noted otherwise, all property values are in UPPERCASE.
147
Options
ADDLOCAL=Feature1,
Feature2,... or ADDLOCAL=ALL
ADVERTISE=Feature1,
Feature2,
FEATURE3,...
REINSTALL=Feature1,
Feature2,... (or ALL)
REINSTALLMODE
={type of reinstallation to perform}
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Description
Set the ADDLOCAL property to a list of features to be installed locally, delimited by commas. To install all features locally
(including User Profiles), use
ADDLOCAL=ALL on the command line.
Set the ADVERTISE property to a list of features to be available but not locally installed, delimited by commas. To install all features as advertised, use ADVERTISE=ALL on the command line. The ADVERTISE option overrides the ADDLOCAL option. The best method for installing a particular set of features is to set the ADDLOCAL property to ALL and then set the ADVERTISE property to those features you do not want installed locally. A list of the features that you can set for installation is listed in the section after this table.
List of features that are to be reinstalled, delimited by commas. To reinstall all features use REINSTALL=ALL on the command line.
If you set the REINSTALL property, you should also set the REINSTALLMODE property, to indicate the type of reinstall to be performed. If the REINSTALLMODE property is not set, then by default all files that are currently installed are reinstalled only if the currently installed file is an earlier version (or is not present). By default, no registry entries are rewritten.
Note that even if REINSTALL is set to ALL, only those features that were already installed previously are reinstalled. Thus, if
REINSTALL is set for a product that is yet to be installed, no installation action takes place at all.
For more information, see: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ default.asp?url=/library/enus/msi/setup/reinstall.asp
String that contains letters indicating the type of reinstall to perform. Options are caseinsensitive and order-independent. This property should normally always be used in
148
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Options
REMOVEOLDPROD=1
/x
< Product.msi
| ProductCode >
Description conjunction with the REINSTALL property.
However, this property can also be used during installation, not just during a reinstall.
See REINSTALLMODE for more details.
Removes the old version of the product before installing the new version. Should be used in major upgrades only.
Un-installs the currently installed version of
Dragon . You are required to take this action during upgrading; however, you should be familiar with the entire upgrade procedure before proceeding with this option.
REINSTALLMODE
By default the REINSTALLMODE= omus to reinstall all files whose checksums are missing or corrupt, rewrite all registry names, reinstall all shortcuts and re-cache icons. Below is a list of the options with abbreviated definitions: p — Reinstall only if the file is missing. o — Reinstall if the file is missing or is an older version. e — Reinstall if the file is missing or is an equal or older version. d — Reinstall if the file is missing or a different version is present. c — Reinstall only files whose checksums are missing or corrupt. a — Force all files to be reinstalled, regardless of checksum or version.
u — Rewrite all required registry entries from the Registry Table that go under HKEY_
CURRENT_USER or HKEY_USERS . m — Rewrite all required registry entries from the Registry Table that go under HKEY_
LOCAL_MACHINE or HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT. Regardless of computer or user assignment, rewrite all info from these tables: Class, Verb, PublishComponent, ProgID,
MIME, Icon, Extension, and AppID . Reinstall all qualified components. When reinstalling an application, run the RegisterTypeLibraries and InstallODBC actions. s — Reinstall all shortcuts and re-cache all icons, overwriting existing shortcuts and icons. v — Run from the source package, re-cache the local package. Does not apply to new installation of a product or feature.
If you set REINSTALLMODE without also setting REINSTALL , then the detection modes you specify still apply and the overwrite mode is used. The REINSTALLMODE property affects only those features selected for installation using REINSTALL .
For example, to launch a minor upgrade without using setup.exe
, you must set the following properties on the command line:
REINSTALL=ALL REINSTALLMODE=vamus
149
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
To install a minor upgrade using an .msi
file, use this command line: msiexec /i "Dragon NaturallySpeaking13.msi" REINSTALL=ALL
REINSTALLMODE=vamus
For more information on REINSTALLMODE and the reinstall option codes, see: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/enus/msi/setup/reinstallmode.asp
MSI Options for Roaming User Profile, Tuning, and Data
Collection Setup
This section summarizes the Roaming User Profile, acoustic/language model tuning, and data collection options for command line installations of Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13. Data collection is not available in non-US English versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Other options are listed under:
n
Summary: MSI Windows Installer Options
n
Summary: MSI Options Specific to Dragon
n
Summary: MSI Options for Installing Dragon Features/Advanced Options
Options
PERIODIC_
TASK=< string >
Description
Sets schedule for either one, two, or three tasks — an acoustic model optimization (ACO) task, language model optimization (LMO) task, and/or data collection (DC) task. You can schedule each task to run daily or weekly, but need to set the schedule for each task only once.
See PERIODIC_TASK for more details.
ROAMINGUSERINI="c:\xyz.ini" Specifies a roaming user .ini file ( roamingdef.ini
) that contains the
Master Roaming User Profile location and any associated HTTP or HTTPS settings for a Roaming User Profile. These are the same options set in the Network Directories field of the Roaming tab of the Administrative settings dialog box and the HTTP and HTTPS
Settings dialog boxes.
See ROAMINGUSERINI for more details.
PERIODIC_TASK
The < string > of PERIODIC_TASK contains these arguments, separated by semicolons:
aco | lmo | dc — One, two, or all three of them with a vertical bar separating each. If you do not pass the acronym for the feature, that feature is set to its default.
Administrator login name. Be sure you use the fully qualified
< domain name >\< account name > in a case where the end-user is a local administrator but the computer is on a domain.
Administrator password.
150
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
When to run the task(s), with times for each of multiple tasks separated by a vertical bar (|). Each scheduled time should be in the format DayOfWeek , hh:mm , where the day of the week is the three letter abbreviation (no period), the time is the 24-hour time, and the comma between them is required.
The task runs once a week on the day/at the time you indicate. If you omit the DayOfWeek , the task runs every day at the time given.
The first of multiple times becomes the schedule for the first task named in the first parameter, the second time the schedule for the second task, the third the schedule for the third task. If you omit a time by having two vertical bars with no time between them or by leaving out the first or last time, the corresponding task is scheduled for a default time.
Default Schedule s
Acoustic model optimization (ACO) — Mon, 02:00
Language model optimization (LMO) — Every day, 03:00
Data collection (DC) — Fri, 01:00
Examples of PERIODIC_TASK Settings
A string setting this option to perform an acoustic model optimization every Monday at 1 AM and a language model optimization the same day at 4 AM is (notice the comma between the day of the week and the time):
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|lmo;admin;pswd;Mon, 01:00|Mon, 04:00"
To schedule only data collection and language model optimization tasks and have them occur every day at 4 PM and 11 PM, respectively, you would enter only the time for each task, without indicating a particular day:
PERIODIC_TASK="dc|lmo;myadmin;mypswd;04:00|23:00"
A string setting this option to perform an acoustic model optimization every Tuesday at midnight, data collection every Wednesday at 3 AM, and a language model optimization every Friday night at 10 PM is:
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|dc|lmo;myadmin;mypswd;Tue, 00:|Wed, 03:00|Fri,
22:00"
To have the data collection and language model optimization tasks occur at default times, you modify the previous string by removing the times for those tasks, but leaving space between the vertical bars and after the last vertical bar:
PERIODIC_TASK="aco|dc|lmo;myadmin;mypswd;Tue, 00:| | "
ROAMINGUSERINI
When you enable the Roaming feature, Dragon creates an encrypted roamingdef.ini
file.
Use the following steps to create a roamingdef.ini file to be used for an MSI installation where the Roaming feature is enabled:
151
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Install Dragon on a computer with Windows administrator privileges.
Enable the Roaming feature options required in your environment. These must include the
Master Roaming User Profile location set in the Network Directories field in the Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box and any HTTP or HTTPS settings.
Test these settings to make sure the Roaming User Profile connection works.
Save your settings by closing Dragon.
Copy the encrypted roamingdef.ini or roaming.ini file (use the one that is newer) created by this installation of Dragon to a separate location. By default, the .ini is located in:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\
Set the ROAMINGUSERINI option to the name of the roamingdef.ini file. The default is empty (no .ini file will be used).
To set these options using ROAMINGUSERINI , the Roaming feature must be enabled in the nsdefaults.ini
file.
Feature Variables to Set Through the ADDLOCAL or
ADVERTISE Properties
When specifying features on the command line:
n
If a feature does not exist in a particular edition or language, overriding its default property has no effect.
n
Some features (such as Text-to-Speech) have sub-features. Setting these features on the command line automatically turns on the properties of all sub-features, unless you specify an additional override for those sub-features.
n
Any information in parentheses after the sub-feature is not included in the feature name.
You can specify any of the following features using ADDLOCAL and ADVERTISE properties on the command line:
152
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Feature
NatSpeak
Sub-feature
None
Samples
( Sample
Commands file )
TTS
(Textto-
Speech)
None
Tutorial
Speech—
DEU
(German)
Tutorial
Speech
ENX
(English)—
ENU (US
English)
TTSDEU ( German
Text-to-Speech )
TTSENU ( US English
Text-to-Speech )
TTSENG ( British
English Text-to-
Speech )
TutDEU ( German
Tutorial )
TutENX ( English
Tutorial )
TutESP ( Spanish
Tutorial )
Sub-features for DEU
(German)
DEUGeneral ( German
General Large, Swiss
German General,
Empty Dictation
General)
DEULegal ( German
Legal )
TutDEU ( German
Tutorial )
TutENX ( English
Tutorial )
TutESP ( Spanish
Tutorial )
Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13:
Sub-features for ENU
(US English)
Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13:
Sub-features for ENU
(US English):
)
TTSESP ( Spanish Textto-Speech )
TTSFRA ( French Textto-Speech )
TTSITA ( Italian Text-to-
Speech )
TTSNLD ( Dutch Textto-Speech )
TutFRA ( French
Tutorial )
TutITA ( Italian Tutorial )
TutNLD ( Dutch Tutorial )
TutFRA ( French
Tutorial )
TutITA ( Italian Tutorial )
TutNLD ( Dutch Tutorial )
The
ENU subfeature includes support
153
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Feature
Speech
ENX
( English )—
ENG ( UK
English )
Sub-feature
ENULegal ( US English
Legal Large )
ENUGeneral ( US
English General
Medium, US English
Empty Dictation,
US English Commands
Only )
ENUGenSvc
( US English Large
General )
Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13:
Sub-features for ENG
(UK English):
ENGGeneral (UK
English General Large,
Empty Dictation
General, Commands
Only for the following accents:
n
General — Use if your accent is not covered by the other choices or you are not sure which accent to select.
n
Australian accented
English
n
British accented
English
n
Indian accented
English
n
Inland Northern US
(Great Lakes area)
— Covers Upstate
New York through the Chicago area.
n
SEAsian accented
English — South
East Asian
n
Southern US —
Covers most of the
Southern United
States, including
Texas.
n
Spanish Accented
English.
n
Teens
The ENG sub-feature includes support for the following accents:
n
General — Use if your accent is not covered by the other choices or you are not sure which accent to select.
154
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Feature Sub-feature
Speech—
ITA
( Italian )
Speech—
NLD
( Dutch )
Speech—
FRA
( French )
Sub-features for ITA
(Italian):
ITA ( Italian General
Large and Italian
Empty Dictation
General Large )
Sub-features for NLD
(Dutch)
NLDGeneral ( Dutch
General Large and
Dutch Empty Dictation
General Large )
n
Australian accented
English.
n
Indian accented
English.
n
SEAsian accented
English – South
East Asian.
Speech—
ESP
( Spanish )
Sub-features for FRA
(French):
FRAGeneral ( French
General Large, French
Empty Dictation
General Large )
Sub-features for ESP
(Spanish)
ESP ( Latin American
Spanish General
Large )
ESP ( Latin American
Speech—ESP (Spanish)
155
Feature
Chapter 5: Installing Dragon using the Windows installer (MSI)
Sub-feature
Spanish Empty
Dictation General
Large )
ESP ( Castilian Spanish
General Large )
156
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming
User Profiles
This section describes how to set up, configure, and enable the Roaming feature on client computers. This section also provides information on how to create, dictate with, and upgrade Roaming User Profiles.
Setting up the Roaming feature
The Roaming feature lets end-users dictate with Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 from different network locations and on different computers without having to create and train individual User
Profiles at each location.The Roaming feature works by storing User Profiles in a central network location so that the information Dragon learns from an end-user dictating on one computer is also available on other computers. To set up Roaming User Profiles, carry out the steps shown in the table below, in chronological order.
158
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Topic
The Roaming feature
Setting up the Roaming feature
n
Creating a network storage location for the Master Roaming User Profiles
n
Where to install and configure Dragon NaturallySpeaking
n
Storage space required for the Master and Local Roaming
User Profiles
n
How Dragon Synchronizes Master and Local Roaming
User Profiles
n
Estimating Network traffic caused by synchronization
Enabling the Roaming feature on each computer where an enduser dictates
n
Setting Roaming User Profile locations
n
Setting Roaming User Profile options
n
Testing an HTTP or HTTPS connection
Creating Roaming User Profiles
n
Creating and training a new Roaming User Profile
n
Converting a non-roaming local User Profile into a Roaming User Profile
n
Copying a non-Roaming User Profile to the Master Roaming User Profile location
Dictating with a Roaming User Profile
n
Opening a Roaming User Profile
n
Using multiple dictation sources with a single User Profile
n
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for
Roaming User Profiles
n
Synchronizing Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
Upgrade Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13
Link
n
n
Setting up the Roaming feature
Enabling Roaming User Profiles as part of an MSI installation
n
Enabling the Roaming feature on each computer where an end-user will dictate
n
User Profile on the local computer
n
n
n
159
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Topic Link
Overview of the Roaming feature
The Roaming feature lets end-users dictate with Dragon from different network locations and on different computers without having to create and train individual User Profiles at each location.
Some situations that the Roaming feature makes possible:
n
A doctor may need to dictate reports in a medical office building using a desktop computer, in a hospital room using a Tablet PC, or at home using a laptop computer. The Roaming feature allows the doctor to use the same set of User
Profiles containing the same vocabulary words with the acoustic information from each location.
n
An end-user dictates on the same laptop at multiple offices and at home. Before leaving the office, the end-user loads a set of User Profiles from a central location on the network to his laptop. Once home, the end-user dictates and corrects as you normally would. When the end-user returns to the office, they reconnect the laptop to the network. The next time the end-user opens a Dragon user profile, the Roaming feature synchronizes the updated User Profiles on the laptop with those at the network’s central location.
The relationship between the Master and the Local Roaming User Profile
With the Roaming feature, each Dragon user profile has a single Master Roaming User
Profile that can be opened from multiple networked computers running Dragon . The Master
Roaming User Profile is stored on a network location accessible to your dictating end-users.
When a Master Roaming User Profile is opened from that central network location, Dragon transfers a copy of that User Profile to the local computer. That local copy is called the Local
Roaming User Profile .
The Local Roaming User Profile is a copy of the end-user data taken from the Master
Roaming User Profile but modified locally by corrections and acoustic data gathered during a dictation session.
You can set a central storage device to contain all your Master Roaming User Profiles. By loading a Dragon User Profile from the central network location, your end-users can dictate at any computer where Dragon is installed. When end-users exit Dragon and save the changes to their User Profiles, these changes are saved in that central location. The next time the end-user runs Dragon , all the changes saved are available regardless of which computer on the network he or she uses for dictation.
160
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Advantages of the Roaming feature
It is important to distinguish the Roaming feature from simply browsing to a network directory and creating files there. Nuance recommends using the Roaming feature rather than storing non-Roaming User Profiles in a network directory. Using the Roaming feature, you can:
n
Minimize network traffic. When Dragon opens a User Profile, if there is already a copy of the Roaming User Profile on the local computer, only the updates are downloaded from the network. When the end-user closes the User Profile at the end of his or her dictation session, only the updates from the current session are uploaded to the network. These updates typically amount to no more than a few KB of data, as opposed to roughly 55 MB of data if the entire User Profile is opened and closed over the network.
n
Allow the end-user to use Dragon even if the network directory is unavailable. In that case, Dragon opens the local copy of the Roaming User Profile.
n
Give the administrator precise control over where end-users can put User Profiles. If the Roaming feature is enabled, the administrator can specify whether or not to also allow end-users to browse to any User Profile location; the default is not to allow browsing. This means that the administrator can easily see how many User Profiles have been created and who created them. If the Roaming feature is not enabled, endusers can browse to any location to which they have access and create User Profiles there.
n
If HTTP Roaming is configured, it can be used to provide username/password authentication on User Profiles.
Hosting Master Roaming User Profiles
There are several methods for hosting your Master Roaming User Profiles:
n
On a file server you connect to over a Mapped Drive
n
On a file server that you connect to over a UNC (Universal Naming Convention) address
n
On a web server that you connect to over HTTP (http://)
n
On a secure web server that you connect to over SSL (https://)
Why the Master Roaming User Profiles should be in shared directories
Nuance recommends placing the master Roaming User Profiles in a shared directory to make certain administrative tasks more efficient. These tasks include:
n
Scheduling an Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer task that optimizes multiple
User Profiles
n
Upgrading multiple User Profiles to a new major release of Dragon
n
Keeping track of how many User Profiles have been created, which helps with licensing compliance (note that Dragon is licensed per end-user, not per workstation)
It is possible, though not recommended, to place Roaming User Profiles in a non-shared, end-user-specific location such as the end-user’s home drive, provided every end-user’s home drive is mapped to the same drive letter (this is because the Roaming User Profile location is an administrative setting that is per-workstation, not per-user).
161
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Using multiple Roaming User Profile locations
If you have a large number of Roaming User Profiles, you may want to divide them among multiple shared directories. This facilitates performing tasks such as scheduling the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on a subset of User Profiles. You can choose how to divide your User Profiles, for example:
n
By department
n
By alphabetical groupings (for example A through H, I through M, N through R, and S through Z)
On each PC, you can configure any number of Roaming User Profile locations. Make sure you give each Roaming User Profile location a display name that makes it clear to your endusers which location to choose from.
Controlling access to User Profiles
If you have multiple Dragon end-users on an end-user workstation, those end-users will have multiple User Profiles to choose from in Dragon's Open User Profile dialog box.
If you use a shared directory for User Profiles, whether they are roaming or non-roaming, you may be concerned about the ability of an end-user to see and/or open another enduser’s profile as well as their ability to open the correct profile. There are several ways to address this concern:
n
Many of Nuance’s customers address this concern simply through end-user training.
Each end-user should be aware that if they open another end-user’s profile and try to use it, their accuracy will be poor and end-user-specific customizations will not be available. Therefore, each end-user has an incentive to use only their own profile.
However, this fact does not prevent a malicious end-user from damaging another end-user’s profile.
n
If end-users always log into Windows with a unique Windows user ID, you can use
Windows file permissions to control access to the profiles. Typically, you do this by granting Full Control or Read/Write/Modify access to the shared directory, but do not allow this permission to propagate to sub-directories. That way, each end-user becomes the creator owner of any Dragon User Profile that he or she creates. Endusers can still see all of the Dragon User Profiles in the Open User Profile dialog box, but if they try to select another end-user’s profile, a message will appear saying that they do not have permission to access that profile. Apply similar file permissions to the local copy of each Roaming User Profile; the default location for local copies is under
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers
for Windows 7,
Windows 8, and Windows Server 2008.
n
If end-users log in using a shared Windows user ID, the best way to control access is through HTTP Roaming. In this configuration, you set up a web server running either
IIS or Apache and with the WebDAV file system enabled. On each workstation, you specify a URL on the web server as the Roaming User Profile location. When an enduser launches Dragon, before displaying the Open User Profile dialog it prompts for a user name and password, which it uses to authenticate against the web server.
You can use file permissions on the web server to specify which User Profiles are accessible to each account on the web server. File security is a function of the web server and the WebDAV software.
162
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Making it easier for end-users to select their User Profiles
As described above, the Dragon Open User Profile dialog shows a list of all of the User
Profiles in a shared directory (unless you are using HTTP Roaming to limit access to User
Profiles). If there are more User Profiles than will fit on one screen, you can train end-users to go directly to a specific User Profile by typing the first few letters of its name.
It is possible to create an icon in the Start Menu and/or the Windows desktop that opens a specific User Profile. This can be helpful if there are only a few end-users of Dragon who share a particular workstation. Make a copy of the Dragon icon for each end-user, and place the parameter /user ″user name″ on the natspeak.exe command line.
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, you can display and view groups of User Profiles in a treestyle structure. See "Open User Profiles dialog box optimized for Roaming" in Dragon -
What's New for administrators for more information.
Backing up your Master Roaming User Profiles
Dragon does not backup local Roaming User Profiles on the end-user workstations and does not backup the Master Roaming User Profiles on the location where they are stored on your network.
It is the responsibility of your local system administrator to back up the Master Roaming User
Profiles.
Notes : For use of WebDAV
n
After you install Internet Information Services and WebDAV, you need to use the
Internet Information Services Manager tool to set the “Allow Unknown MIME Types”,
“Allow Custom Properties”, and “Allow Property Queries with Infinite Depth” settings to true. For example, in IIS 7:
163
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
n
For more information, see Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for HTTP Roaming .
n
If you connected to your Roaming User Profile Master Directory over HTTP and you find that the Open User Profile dialog box does not display all the vocabularies and acoustic models for your User Profiles, make sure that you:
l
Check that no files in your User Profile directory are locked, password protected, or otherwise access-restricted by your server permissions.
Setting up the Roaming feature
When setting up the Roaming feature, note the following:
n
Creating a network storage location for the Master Roaming User Profiles
n
Where to install and configure Dragon
n
Storage space required for the Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
n
Synchronizing Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
n
Estimating Network traffic caused by synchronization
Note: To enable the Roaming feature and set the Roaming User Profile options, you must log into an account with Windows Administrator privileges.
164
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Creating a network storage location for the Master
Roaming User Profiles
For any installation of Dragon, you must first determine where on the network the Master
Roaming User Profiles should be located.
Dragon lets you store your Master Roaming User Profiles on:
n
Any networked computer.
You are not strictly required to store Master Roaming User Profiles on a server. Any shared location accessible to other computers on the network is a perfectly acceptable place to store Master Roaming User Profiles.
n a Windows file server
n
A web server (HTTP)
n
A secure web server running SSL (HTTPS)
Note: The location(s) you pick must be accessible to all computers where users will dictate with a Roaming User Profile. Each location must have adequate storage space for Roaming
User Profiles. For more information, see Storage space required for User Profiles
.
What to consider for the Master Roaming User Profile location
To set up a location for the Master Roaming User Profiles, you should first determine:
n
The kind of network file server on which you want to store your Master Roaming User
Profiles. Make sure it has enough storage space. Each location you pick must be accessible to all computers where your users will dictate with Roaming User Profiles.
You can create multiple network storage locations.
n
How the computers from where your users will dictate will connect to that network location; for example using a mapped drive, UNC connection, or an HTTP or HTTPS connection.
Using a networked computer or Windows file server
If you choose to use a networked computer or Windows server, you should determine the path to where the Master Roaming User Profiles will reside. You can create multiple network storage locations.
The Roaming feature supports the following types of locations for your Master Roaming User
Profiles:
n
Mapped Drives—Connects to a shared network folder that has a drive letter assigned to it.
n
UNC Paths—Connects to a shared network folder using the Universal Naming
Convention (UNC) to locate a User Profile. Format is:
\\ <servername> \ <sharename> \ <path> \ <filename> .
What you'll need to know to configure your local Roaming User Profiles
After you have chosen the type of computer to store the Master Roaming User Profiles, you should determine the following information so that you configure your local copies of Dragon to connect to a mapped or shared drive:
Mapped Drives
165
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
UNC paths
Using a HTTP or HTTPS web server
If you choose to use a HTTP or HTTPS web server, the Roaming feature supports the following types of locations for your Master Roaming User Profiles
n
HTTP ( http: )—Connects to computer on the internet or your local intranet. Format is: http:// <myserver.com> / <webdav>
n
HTTP with SSL ( https: )—Connects to computer on the internet or your local intranet with SSL. Format is: https:// <myserver.com> / <webdav>
Supported web servers
If you want to store your Master Roaming User Profiles on a web server, Internet access to
Master Roaming User Profiles is supported on two web servers:
n
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) 7.0 and 7.5. For this type of server:
l
Be sure that the server has Web-based Distributed Authoring and
Versioning (WebDAV) software is turned on to publish content to an
Internet Information Services (IIS) web server.
If you have not already installed the WebDAV component, use the
Add or Remove Programs in your Control Panel and run the
Windows Components Wizard. WebDav is listed under Application
Server>Internet Information Services>World Wide Web
Service>WebDAV Publishing.
n
Apache HTTP Server 2.0.54 and higher. For this type of server:
l
Internet Roaming User—Redirects must be turned on when using
Digest authentication.
l
Be sure that the server has Web-based Distributed Authoring and
Versioning (WebDAV) software turned on. The WebDAV Apache module is available free of charge at http://www.webdav.org/mod_dav/
.
What you'll need to know to configure your local Roaming User Profiles
After you have chosen the type of computer to store the Master Roaming User Profiles, you should determine the following information so that you configure your local copies of Dragon to connect to the HTTP server:
n
The network location: You need to know the URL address of your
HTTP server. For more information, see XXXXX.
n
HTTP settings: For your http (or https) connection you need to know authentication, firewall, and proxy server information. For more
information, see HTTP Settings
.
Notes : For use of WebDAV
n
After you install Internet Information Services and WebDAV, you need to use the
Internet Information Services Manager tool to set the “Allow Unknown MIME Types”,
“Allow Custom Properties”, and “Allow Property Queries with Infinite Depth” settings to true. For example, in IIS 7:
166
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
167
n
For more information, see Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for
.
n
If you connected to your Roaming User Profile Master Directory over HTTP and you find that the Open User Profile dialog box does not display all the vocabularies and acoustic models for your User Profiles, make sure that you:
l
Add all file extensions within your Master Roaming User Profile directories and sub-directories to the Registered MIME types list of your IIS server. You could also add a wildcard ( .*) MIME-type.
For more information on adding a wildcard ( .*) MIME-type, see:
For Windows Server 2008: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc725608(WS.10).aspx
l
Check that no files in your User Profile directory are locked, password protected, or otherwise access-restricted by your server permissions.
Where to install and configure Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13
Installing Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 where you plan to dictate using the Roaming feature
Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 must be installed each computer where you plan to have users dictating with Roaming User Profiles.
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Installing Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the same computer as your Master Roaming User
Profiles
Nuance recommends that you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the same computer where the Master Roaming User Profiles for your network are located.
As the system administrator, you are responsible for running the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer on the network location of the Master Roaming User Profiles. The
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer and the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer Scheduler can only be run on the Master Roaming User Profiles.
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer updates the Master Roaming User
Profiles with the accumulated acoustic data from any corrections and additional training done by the users at the computers where they dictate. Running the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer will increase your overall accuracy. Any optimizations done by the
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer are copied to each Local Roaming User
Profile when synchronization occurs.
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer over the network can result in a large amount of data being transferred between the server and the workstation running the optimizer.
For more information, see Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for
If you are using Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, see Using multiple acoustic models with a
for information on using the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer with a
User Profile that has two acoustic models.
Notes:
n
You must have Windows Administrator privileges on the computer where you are running the Scheduler for the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer .
n
Do not enable the Roaming feature on the administrator computer where you plan to run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer .
n
When the Roaming feature is enabled on a computer where someone dictates, that computer is blocked from locally running the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer or the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler on the local copy of the Roaming User Profiles.
For more information on installing or upgrading Dragon
For more information on installing or upgrading Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the computers in your network, see:
n
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview for information how to upgrade
Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
n
The Installation Guide that came with your copy of Dragon for information on installing
Dragon on a single computer
n
The Dragon Administrator Guide for information on how to use MSI to install or upgrade Dragon on multiple computers.
168
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Storage space required for the Master and Local Roaming
User Profiles
Adequate storage space must be available for User Profiles that store information about each particular user’s speech patterns.
You need to plan for storage space on:
n
Each computer where you plan to have users dictating with a Roaming User Profile.
n
The network accessible central computer or computers where Master Roaming User
Profiles are stored.
These are guidelines only and not definitive specifications—actual size will vary from site to site.
For each Master Roaming User Profile on the network
For each Master Roaming User Profile (User Profiles stored on the central network location), you should plan on:
n
55 MB for each set of Roaming User Profiles, this includes:
l
18 MB for each additional vocabulary you add for this user profile
l
35 MB for each additional dictation source you add for this user profile
n
1000 MB for acoustic optimizer data associated with each dictation source of each
User Profile
For each computer where Dragon is installed
You must install 1 copy of Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on each computer where your users will be dictating with the Roaming feature. Multiple users can use a single Dragon installation.
Each installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 takes a minimum of 1.8 GB of free hard disk space for a custom Installation where you install only the program files and 1 set of User
Profiles. Installations can range from 800 MB (US English Home Edition) to 5 GB (Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13), depending on which languages and vocabularies you install. See
Dragon system requirements for information on disk space requirements for Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13.
For each Local Roaming User Profile on the client PC
On each installation of Dragon where your users plan to dictate using the Roaming feature, each Local Roaming User Profile (the User Profiles stored on the local computer running
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, require the following:
n
55 MB for each set of Roaming User Profiles. This includes:
l
18 MB for each additional vocabulary you add for this user profile
l
35 MB for each additional dictation source you add for this user profile
n
10 MB per topic for language model optimizer data in the topic container data
n
240 MB for acoustic optimizer data associated with each dictation source of each User
Profile
How much acoustic optimizer data is retained locally is controlled by settings on the Data tab of the Options dialog box:
169
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
1. To set the number of minutes of audio to retain locally, click the Archive size...
button and position the slider.
2. To turn off retaining this data locally, check the Conserve disk space required by user profile (for portability) option.
A non-Roaming User Profile requires approximately three times as much disk space as a local Roaming User Profile. Dragon periodically creates a backup copy of a non-Roaming
User Profile and stores the copy on the local computer. On the other hand, a Roaming User
Profile is stored in a network storage location and Dragon does not create a backup copy of a Roaming User Profile.
An administrator should create backup copies of all Roaming User Profiles on a regular basis.
How Dragon Synchronizes Master and Local Roaming
User Profiles
When an end-user that uses a Roaming User Profile exits Dragon , switches User Profiles, closes a User Profile, or saves a User Profile, Dragon saves changes to the Local Roaming
User Profile and then synchronizes these changes with the Master Roaming User Profiles on the network.
In a networked situation, this occurs at the time one of these operations is performed.
When an end-user dictates using a computer not currently connected to a network, all changes are saved to the Local Roaming User Profile; synchronization occurs when the end-user reattaches the computer to the network containing the Master Roaming User
Profile and opens that User Profile again.
For more information on what options affect what data gets synchronized between the
Master and Local Roaming User Profile, see Setting/selecting Roaming User Profile options.
Note: During synchronization, changes to the Master Roaming User Profile overwrite any changes made to a Local Roaming User Profile that an end-user has been using for dictating and correcting dictation while not on the network.
What happens during synchronization
The following changes take place when Local and Master Roaming User Profiles are synchronized:
n
Combines words added to the Local Roaming User Profile during a dictation session with the Master Roaming User Profile vocabulary,
n
Removes words deleted from the Local Roaming User Profile from the Master
Roaming User Profile vocabulary.
n
Copies acoustic data (from files with a .DRA
or .NWV
extension) from the Local
Roaming User Profile and adds them to the Master Roaming User Profile where the data become available to the Acoustic Optimizer (Note that .DRA files saved voluntarily by the end-user along with a document do not get added to the Master
Roaming User Profile. The.DRA files created automatically by Dragon for use by the optimizer are the only ones that get added to the Master Roaming User Profile). For
170
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
more information on running the Acoustic Optimizer, see Running the Acoustic and
Language Model Optimizer for Roaming User Profiles .
n
Copies any custom commands created or modified locally (using the MyCommands editor) to the Master Roaming User Profile.
n
Saves any local end-user options that you changed on the Options or Formatting dialog box to the Master Roaming User Profile, except the options listed below.
What changes don't get synchronized
The following options are not synchronized with the Master Roaming User Profile; they remain exclusively on the local computer with the Local Roaming User Profile:
Locally set options on the Options dialog:
n
On the Data tab :
l
Conserve disk space required by user profile option
l
Create usability log option in the Advanced dialog box
l
Incremental adaptation in general training option
n
On the Miscellaneous tab :
l
Voice enable menus and dialog controls option
l
Launch Dragon in QuickStart mode when Windows starts option
n
On other tabs of Options dialog box:
l
All the options on the Playback/Text-to-speech tab
l
All the options on the Hot keys tab
n
Settings in the Auto-Formatting dialog box:
l
The UK and Canadian postcodes option
What files are synchronized
The following table explains how and when individual files are copied or updated to the master Roaming User Profile or to the local cache when the Master and Local Roaming User
Profiles are synchronized.
For more information on what options affect what data gets synchronized between the Master
and Local Roaming User Profile, see Setting/selecting Roaming User Profile options.
These options can affect how much data is transferred across your network when the Master
and Local Roaming User Profiles are synchronized. For more information, see Estimating
Network traffic caused by synchronization .
171
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
File name or type
Acoustic files:*.usr and *.sig
Vocabulary files:*.voc
Acoustic archive created for each dictation session: acarchive.nwv
(encryption disabled), acarchive.enwv
(encryption enabled)
Audio.ini
Copied or updated with the master
Roaming User Profile
At save time if the
Always copy acoustic information to network option in the
Administrative settings is
more details.
Copied only after the acoustic files for the User
Profile have been modified with information from Learn from specific documents ,
Learn from sent emails , Import a list of words or phrases , and similar procedures.
Copied to session folder if it exists; once master voice_container limit is reached, nothing more is copied. The local copy is deleted and a zero-length file is created.
Backups
DRA files, aco.ini;
Copied or updated to local cache
Copied if version number on server is different
Copied if version number on server is different
Never
Copied to master after running the Check
Microphone wizard or at
User Profile close if not copied successfully after running the
Check Microphone wizard
Copied if version number on server is different; also copied right before Check Microphone wizard is run
Never - Dragon does not backup local Roaming
User Profiles on the enduser workstations and does not backup the
Master Roaming User
Profiles on the location where they are stored on your network.
for more details.
Never
Copied to session folder if Never
172
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
File name or type drafiles.ini
Copied or updated with the master
Roaming User Profile the master voice_ container has space. Files are deleted after being copied; aco.ini and drafiles.ini are recreated at zero-length
Copied when User Profiles are saved, or a User
Profile is closed and saved.
Copied or updated to local cache
Custom commands created on client
PC:Mycmds.dat
Options.ini, soptions.ini, itnoptions.ini
History of changes to the vocabulary: vocdelta.voc
Copied at User Profile close, options dialog close when the timestamp on the local file has changed.
Merged to master copy on
User Profile save and open.
When vocabularies are copied up, vocdelta.voc is reset to zero in the master copy for that topic.
Never (machine dependent)
Copied at User Profile open if version number on server is different
Copied on User Profile open, options dialog open if version number is different on the server
Copied to local cache on User Profile open and merged into the voc if version number is different on the server nsuser.ini, local.ini, nssystem.ini, natspeak.ini
Never
Acoustic files
If the setting is off (the default), after the acoustic optimizer runs on the master Roaming User
Profile, the server incorporates the changes
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, an end-user can set the Save Acoustic information option to control if Dragon saves the .usr and .sig files on each computer they dictate on. See
"Controlling updates to the acoustic components of a User Profile" in Dragon What's New for administrators for more information.
Backups
It is the responsibility of your local administrator to back up the Master Roaming User Profiles.
However, Dragon does automatically back up local non-Roaming User Profiles on the enduser workstations as specified in the Miscellaneous tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box.
Estimating Network traffic caused by synchronization
The following table explains how and when individual files are copied or updated to the master Roaming User Profile or to the local cache when the Master and Local Roaming User
173
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Profiles are synchronized and how much data is transferred in the process.
In addition, this table which option controls whether the data is transferred. For more information on what options affect what data gets synchronized between the Master and
Local Roaming User Profile, see Setting/selecting Roaming User Profile options.
The estimates of the data transferred across the network is for a single Roaming User
Profile.
174
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Files copied to the Master
Roaming User Profile
Acoustic files
*.user and *.sig
User Action :
Dictation, Audio
Setup
Transfer time :
When the User
Profile is saved
Vocabulary files
*.voc
User Action :
Dictation, Learn from specific documents, Learn from sent e-mails,
Vocabulary
Optimizer.
Transfer time :
Copied only after the vocabulary files for the end-user have been modified with information from
Learn from specific documents ,
Learn from sent e-mails , and the
Vocabulary
Optimizer. Copied only after saving or closing a User
Profile.
Acoustic archive created for each dictation session : acarchive.nwv, acarchive.enwv
User Action :
Dictation,
:
:
Transfer Direction &
Data Amount
Files copied to the
Local Roaming
User Profile
Administrative Setting to enable for Transfer
35 MB
<---->
18 MB
<---->
Transfer time :
Copied if server version is different from client version
Transfer time :
Copied if server version is different from client version
n
Always copy acoustic information to network
n
Save Acoustic information
Access network at user profile open/close only
240 MB
<------
Transfer time zero-
:
Never.
The local copy is deleted and a
Access network at user profile open/close only
175
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Files copied to the Master
Roaming User Profile
Correction
Transfer time :
Copied to session folder if it exists.
Once master voice_container limit is reached, nothing more is copied. Copy only happens after saving or closing a
User Profile.
DRA files created during dictation : DRA files, aco.ini, drafiles.ini
User Action :
Dictation,
Correction
Transfer time :
Copied to session folder if the master voice_container has space.
Custom commands created on client
PC : Mycmds.dat
User Action :
Changes to some
Options on the local PC
Transfer time :
Copied when a
User Profile is closed or saved.
Transfer Direction &
Data Amount
Files copied to the
Local Roaming
User Profile
Administrative Setting to enable for Transfer length file is created after files are copied to the server.
MB/minute
<------
66 K
1.3
<---->
Transfer time :
Never.
Files are deleted after being copied; aco.ini and drafiles.ini are recreated at zerolength
Transfer time :
Copied when a
User
Profile opens on the local
PC and the version number on the server is different from the version
Conserve archive size on network
176
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
.INI file changes on client PC : options.ini, soptions.ini, itnoptions.ini
User Action :
Changes to some
Options on the local PC
Transfer time :
Copied at User
Profile close,
Options dialog close when the timestamp on the local file has changed
History of changes to the vocabulary : vocdelta.voc
User Action :
Adding words, changing word properties
Transfer time :
Merged to master copy when a User
Profile is saved or opened. When vocabularies are copied, vocdelta.voc is reset to zero in the master copy for that vocabulary
Log file :
Dragon.log
Files copied to the Master
Roaming User Profile
Transfer Direction &
Data Amount
Files copied to the
Local Roaming
User Profile
Administrative Setting to enable for Transfer
< 1 k
<---->
500 KB max. (12 bytes/word)
<----> number on the server
Transfer time :
Copied to local cache on when a
User
Profile opens and merged into the voc if the version number is different on the server
Transfer time :
Copied when a
User
Profile opens or the
Options dialog opens if the server version is different from the client version
Merge contents of vocdelta.voc into network user profile when file is full
< 1 MB
<------
Transfer time :
Never
Copy Dragon log to network
177
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Files copied to the Master
Roaming User Profile
Transfer Direction &
Data Amount
Files copied to the
Local Roaming
User Profile
Administrative Setting to enable for Transfer
User Action : Any use of Dragon
Transfer time :
Copied if the
Administrative option is set.
Enabling the Roaming feature on each computer where an end-user will dictate
After you have set up the network location for the Master Roaming User Profiles and installed or upgrading Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the computers in your network, you must enable the Roaming feature on each computer where the end-user will dictate using a
Roaming User Profile.
Step 1: Start Dragon NaturallySpeaking
You must start Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 to enable the Roaming feature.
Step 2: If already Dragon is running, select Administrative Settings
If Dragon is already running, on the DragonBar, select Tools > Administrative Settings and click Proceed . This action closes all open User Profiles and displays the Administrative
Settings dialog box.
Step 3: Turn on the Roaming feature
After closing any open User Profiles:
1. If Dragon is running, from the DragonBar menu, select Tools > Administrative Settings
. This action displays the Administrative Settings dialog box .
Note: You do not have to be running Dragon to act as an administrator of the product. Instead of opening the
Administrative Settings dialog box from the DragonBar menus, you can open the dialog box from the command line by selecting Start > Run , then entering the following command in the Open text box (include a space between natspeak.exe and the
/SetAdministrativeOptions option that follows it):
“C:\Program
178
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\natspeak.exe”/SetAdministrativeOptions
2. On the Roaming tab, check Enable .
3. Click Apply to save the changes and keep the dialog box open.
Note: With the Roaming feature enabled, the Open User Profile dialog box later displays only User Profiles in the Roaming User Profile storage locations. To let the end-users open both local (non-roaming) and Roaming User Profiles, check the Allow non-roaming user profiles to be opened option in the Administrative Settings dialog box. Clearing this option prevents end-users from dictating with a non-roaming (local) User Profile by mistake.
Step 4: Set the location of Master Roaming User Profiles
On each computer where you plan to have end-users dictating as Roaming users, you must tell that installation of Dragon where the Master Roaming User Profiles are located.
After selecting Enable on the Roaming tab:
1. Click the Add
button. The Roaming User Network Location dialog box
displays. You use the Roaming User Network Location dialog box to define the network location of the master Roaming User Profiles. The location you pick must be accessible to all computers on the network that you want available for dictation with Dragon .
2. Set the Display Name to the way the name of the directory should display in other dialog boxes. The display name later appears in the Roaming tab of the
Administrative Settings dialog and the Location of user profile text box of both the Open User Profile and the Manage User Profiles dialog boxes.
3. Set the Network Location . See the types of locations that the Roaming feature supports
in Creating a network storage location for Master Roaming User Profiles .
4. If you are using a web server to store Master Roaming User Profiles, click the
HTTP Settings and SSL Settings (if you are using HTTPS) button to set information
about your HTTP and HTTPS connection and proceed with HTTP Settings
for further information. After entering the HTTP and SSL Settings , use the Test
Connection button to make sure your settings are correct. For help troubleshooting a
problem with the connection, see Testing and troubleshooting an HTTP connection
.
5. Click OK in the Roaming User Network Location dialog box.
For more information on setting the location of the master Roaming User Profiles, see
Roaming User Network Location .
Note: You cannot create a non-Roaming User Profile on an HTTP connection.
You can only create Roaming User Profiles on an HTTP connection when the
Roaming feature is enabled.
Step 5: Set location of Local Roaming User Profiles
When an end-user opens a Master Roaming User Profile, Dragon transfers a copy of that
User Profile to the local computer. That local copy is called the Local Roaming User Profile.
This is the location on the computer where changes made during a dictation session, such as corrections or new acoustic data, are stored before they are synchronized with the master
Roaming User Profile.
You can set this location, called <Roaming Local>
179
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Note: the location of <Roaming Local> is per-PC and cannot be changed to an end-userspecific location.
<Roaming Local>
To accept the default <Roaming Local> location (which Nuance recommends), click OK
on the Administrative Settings dialog box . You will be prompted to create the default
directory if it does not already exist. When you see the following message, click Yes .
The default location of <Roaming Local> is: n Windows 7, and Windows 8:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers\<display name>\
See Dragon file structure for information about the default location of the RoamingUsers
directory for Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on other Windows operating systems.
The <display name> is the name you defined for the Master Roaming User Profile location.
You can have multiple network storage locations for your Master Roaming User Profiles and each has its own corresponding directory for Local Roaming User Profiles.
Changing the default location for <Roaming Local>
1. Use the Browse for Folder dialog box to open a location where you want to store the local Roaming User Profile. This is the location on the computer where changes made during a dictation session, such as corrections or new acoustic data are stored before they are synchronized with the master Roaming User Profile.
2. If the directory does not currently exist, click Make New Folder and type a name for the new folder. The new directory can have any name, but calling it something meaningful, such as Local Roaming User Profiles , will make the folder easier to find in the future.
3. Click OK .
Step 6: Set Roaming feature options
The Administrative Settings dialog box also contains several options that affect how the
Roaming feature works. You select the options that indicate how you want a Roaming User
Profile to function at each Roaming User Profile location. For a list of the options to choose
from, refer to Selecting Roaming User Profile options
.
Notes:
n
Once you set up an installation of Dragon to use the Roaming feature, end-users on that computer can only open Roaming User Profiles; they cannot open any locally created User Profiles unless you choose the " Allow non-roaming user profiles to be opened"
option. For a list of the options to choose from, refer to Selecting
Roaming User Profile options .
n
If an end-user is dictating with a Roaming User Profile, the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer Scheduler is disabled on the local end-user's computer. You must run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on the computer where your
180
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Master Roaming User Profiles are located or on an administrator’s workstation. For
more information, see Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer with a
Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
You use the Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box to set up the Roaming feature. You must set up the Roaming feature on each computer where you want end-users to dictate with a Roaming User Profile.
When Roaming is enabled in Administrative Settings by default the Open User Profiles dialog box displays large numbers of User Profiles quickly. They can also be organized into subfolders. See "Creating subfolders for Roaming User Profiles" in the Dragon Help for more information.
Enable
Select Enable to activate the Roaming feature and the Roaming User Profile options.
Network Directories
To set the location of the master Roaming User Profile(s):
1. Click the Add button. You use the Roaming User Network Location dialog box to define the network location of the master Roaming User Profiles. The location you pick must be accessible to all computers on the network that you want available for dictation with Dragon .
2. Set the Display Name and the Address under Network Location . The Roaming feature supports the following types of locations:
n
Mapped Drive—the format is: <drive letter> :\ <folder name> . For example, y:\roaming .
n
UNC Path—the format is: \\ servername \ sharename \ path \ filename .
n
HTTP (http:)—the format is: http:// myserver .com
/ <name_of_ virtualdirectory> where <name_of_virtualdirectory> is the name of the virtual directory set up by an administrator during setup of the IIS or
Apache web site. For HTTP locations, click the HTTP Settings button to
set information specific to your HTTP connection. You can also test your
connection to the HTTP server from the HTTP Settings
dialog box.
n
HTTP with SSL (https:)—the format is : https:// myserver .com
/ <name_of_ virtualdirectory> where <name_of_virtualdirectory> is the name of the virtual directory set up by an administrator during setup of the IIS or
Apache web site. For HTTP with SSL locations, click the SSL Settings
button to set information specific to your HTTP with SSL connection. You
can also test your connection to the HTTP with SSL server from the SSL
Local directory (for cache)
When an end-user opens a Master Roaming User Profile, Dragon transfers a copy of that
User Profile to the local computer. The local copy is called the Local Roaming User Profile.
You can change the setting of this location, always called <Roaming Local> .
181
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
The default location of <Roaming Local> is:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers\<display name>\<username>
See Dragon file structure for information about the default location of the RoamingUsers
directory for Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on other Windows operating systems.
The <display name> is a name you assigned as a Master Roaming User Profiles location.
You can have multiple network storage locations for your Master Roaming User Profiles.
The <username> is the name of an individual Master Roaming User Profile. There is a separate directory for each User Profile.
Click the Browse button to find or create a new location.
Check Boxes for Roaming User options
The check boxes and other components below the Local directory are the Roaming User options . You can also configure the Open User Profiles dialog box to display the Classic
Open User Profiles dialog if desired. See Selecting Roaming User Profile options
. for details.
Restore Defaults
Returns the Administrative Settings dialog box to the state it had when you first installed
Dragon . Note that the default is to have the Roaming feature turned off.
Notes : For use of WebDAV
n
After you install Internet Information Services and WebDAV, you need to use the
Internet Information Services Manager tool to set the “Allow Unknown MIME Types”,
“Allow Custom Properties”, and “Allow Property Queries with Infinite Depth” settings to true. For example, in IIS 7:
182
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
183
n
For more information, see Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for
.
n
If you connected to your Roaming User Profile Master Directory over HTTP and you find that not all your User Profiles are listed in the Open User Profile dialog box, or after creating a Roaming User Profile you cannot open it again, or the Open User
Profile dialog box does not display all the vocabularies and acoustic models for your
User Profiles, make sure that you:
l
Check that no files in your User Profile directory are locked, password protected, or otherwise access-restricted by your server permissions.
Administrative Settings: Roaming User Network Location
You use the Roaming User Network Location dialog box to define the network location of the master Roaming User Profiles.
The location you pick must be accessible to all computers where end-users will dictate using a
Roaming User Profile.
Display Name
Sets the directory name displayed in the following locations:
n
The Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box
n
The Location of user profile drop-down list in the Open User Profile dialog box.
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Note: With the Roaming feature enabled, the Open User Profile dialog box displays only User Profiles in the Roaming User Profile locations. To let the end-users open both local (non-roaming) and Roaming User Profiles, select the Allow non-roaming user profiles to be opened option on the Administrative Settings dialog box.
Clearing this option prevents end-users from dictating with a non-roaming (local)
.
n
The Location of user profile drop-down list in the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
Network Location—Address
On each computer where you plan to have users dictating as Roaming users, you must tell that installation of Dragon where the Master Roaming User Profiles are located.
The Roaming feature supports the following types of locations:
Mapped Drives and UNC Paths
Mapped drives connect to a shared network folder that has a drive letter assigned to it.
UNC paths connect to a shared network folder using the Universal Naming Convention
(UNC) to locate a User Profile. The UNC is a way to identify a shared file on a computer or network without having to know the storage device it is on. The UNC path format is:
\\ servername \ sharename \ path \ filename .
To use a mapped drive or UNC path:
1. Under Network Location , enter the address of the mapped drive or UNC path.
You can click Browse to browse for the location of the mapped drive or UNC path. This displays the Browse for Folder dialog box. You can also create a new directory on the mapped drive or UNC path by clicking the Make New Folder button.
2. Click OK when you are done.
Intranet/Internet connections
The Intranet/Internet connection supports both HTTP and HTTP over an encrypted Secure
Sockets Layer (SSL).
To use an Intranet/Internet connection:
1. Under Network Location , enter the URL address of your HTTP or HTTPS server where your master Roaming User Profiles are located.
2. Click
n
HTTP Settings..
.to display the HTTP Settings dialog box, where you can set information specific to your HTTP connection like Authentication,
Firewall, and Proxy Server information. You can also test your connection to the HTTP server from this dialog box. For more
information, see HTTP Settings .
n
SSL Settings...
to display the SSL Settings dialog box, where you can set information specific to your HTTPS (SSL) connection. You can also test your connection to the HTTPS server from this dialog box. For more
information, see SSL Settings.
184
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Note: You cannot create a non-Roaming User Profile on an HTTP or HTTPS connection.
You can create only Roaming User Profiles on an HTTP or HTTPS connection and only when the Roaming feature is enabled.
Setting up HTTP Connection: HTTP Settings
You use the HTTP Settings dialog box to define and configure the connection to your web
(HTTP) server. Enter information about your connection in the following sections and text boxes of the dialog box:
Authentication
Passwords
Defines how an end-user that uses a Roaming User Profile enters the server username and password. This username/password is to the server, not a local login:
n
Prompt for User and Password : Select if local end-users will be prompted for a username/password when they connect to the HTTP server.
n
User/password : Sets the default username/password needed to connect to the
HTTP server. Be sure to put the domain name followed by a backslash in front of the end-user login name; for example, Nuance\JWyman .
Authentication Type
Sets the type of authentication used on the HTTP server you specified as the Address in the
Roaming User Network Location dialog box. Select the type that indicates how your server is configured:
n
Basic : Choose if the server is configured for Basic authentication, where the username and password are passed over the network as clear text
n
Digest : Choose if the server is configured for Digest authentication, where the passwords are never transmitted across the internet in unencrypted form. Digest is not supported for IIS.
Note: Digest authentication through a proxy server with Internet Information
Server (IIS) 6.0 is not supported.
Note: For security reasons, be sure that anonymous logins are disabled on the HTTP or
HTTPS server.
Connection
Follow Redirects
If you are storing the Master Roaming User Profiles on a server that redirects incoming connections to another location, you can define how Dragon handles these redirects:
n
Never : redirects are never followed, but ignored.
n
Always : redirects are always followed.
n
Same Scheme Only : only redirects using the same scheme as the client request are permitted.
Keep Connection Alive
This setting tells the client and server to keep the connection alive after the current session ends.
185
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Firewall and Proxy Servers
Use Proxy Server
Select Use Proxy Server if you are connecting to your HTTP server through a proxy server.
Type
Select the type of firewall used on the HTTP server from the drop-down list:
n
HTTP Proxy : Select for a proxy server that specializes in HTML (web page) transactions.
n
Tunnel : Select if you are connecting to the server with tunneling software.
n
SOCKS4 : Select for a SOCKS4 protocol that relays TCP sessions at a firewall host to allow application end-users transparent access across the firewall.
SOCKS4 doesn't support authentication, UDP proxy. SOCKS4 clients require full
Domain Name Service (DNS).
n
SOCKS5 : Select for a SOCKS5 protocol that relays TCP sessions at a firewall host to allow application end-users transparent access across the firewall.
SOCKS5 supports multiple authentication methods. SOCKS5 clients use the
SOCKS5 server to perform the DNS lookup .
Server
Enter the server name provided by your network administrator.
Port
Enter the port number needed to connect to the proxy server or firewall.
User
Enter any username needed to log in to the proxy server or firewall.
Password
Enter any password needed to log in to the proxy server or firewall.
Firewall Data or Proxy Authorization
Enter any special authentication string provided by your network administrator.
Timeouts
Lock
Set to the number of seconds the server should wait before breaking the lock on any open
Master Roaming User Profiles. Setting the lock to 0 uses the default setting from the server.
Specifying another time overrides the server default. The administrator is responsible for breaking this type of lock.
A network locks prevent anyone from opening a Master Roaming User Profile that someone else has already opened. While this process does not take a long time, network problems can cause a lock to become “stuck” and not release when the opening process is completed.
When this happens, the next time you try to open that User Profile, you see a message informing you of the lock.
The Administrator has to break the lock.
186
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Connection
Number of seconds before Dragon should close the connection to the server either when the connection is idle or after the connection has been open for that duration.
Type
Sets when the connection timeout in the previous text box applies:
n
Inactivity : Closes the connection after the Roaming User Profile is inactive for the specified time.
n
Absolute : Closes the connection after the specified time independent of any
Roaming User Profile network activity. Use this option with caution, as it could close the connection during synchronization.
Test Connection
Once you have filled in the information, you can click the Test Connection button to test the connection to the HTTP server.
Restore Defaults
Restores the default settings.
After you click OK , you return to the Administrative Settings dialog box.
Setting up secure web server connection: SSL Settings
You use the SSL Settings dialog box to define and configure the connection to your secure web (HTTPS) server. Enter information about your connection in the following sections and text boxes of the dialog box:
Certificate Store
Here you indicate the type of certificate that provides server identity, certificate, and public key information to clients that try to establish a connection:
Certificate Store Type
Select the certificate store type used for the client certificate on the local computer:
n
User (default) : For Windows, choose if the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. For Java, choose if the certificate store is the name of a JKS (Java
Key Store) file. If the provider is OpenSSL, choose if the certificate store is a file that contains the PEM encoded certificate and private key.
n
Machine : Choose if the certificate store is a machine store (not available in Java or when provider is OpenSSL).
n
PFX file : Choose if the certificate store is the name of a Private Key Server or PFX
(PKCS12) file containing certificates. If the provider is OpenSSL, the file may contain only one certificate and private key.
n
PFX Blob : Choose if the certificate store is a string (binary or base64 encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS12) format.
n
PEM Key : Choose if the certificate store is a string or file name that contains a Privacy
Enhanced Mail (PEM) encoded certificate and private key. This store type is currently not supported in Java.
187
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Certificate Store
The name of the certificate store for the client certificate on the local computer:
The storage location is called the certificate store. A certificate store will often have numerous certificates, possibly issued from a number of a different certification authorities:
n
MY : A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys.
n
CA : A certificate store holding Certifying Authority (CA) certificates.
n
ROOT : A certificate store holding ROOT certificates.
n
SPC : A certificate store holding Software Publisher Certificate (SPC) certificates.
n
Other : Any other Certificate Store not listed above.
Notes:
n
If you select PFX file for the Certificate Store Type , for the Certificate Store select Other and enter the name of the file in the associated text box below it.
n
If you select PFX Blob for the Certificate Store Type , for the Certificate Store select Other and enter the binary contents of a PFX file (for example, the PKCS12) in the associated text box below it.
n
If you are using OpenSSL, for the Certificate Store select Other and enter the name of the file containing a certificate and a private key in the associated text box.
Certificate Store Password
The password for the Certificate Store on the local computer if one is required.
Open SSL
Select Using OpenSSL if the HTTPS server uses OpenSSL as a Certificate Authority.
OpenSSL is a free non-commercial implementation of SSL.
When you select Using OpenSSL , you must provide:
n
Cipher List : A string that controls the ciphers to be used by SSL. The cipher list consists of one or more cipher strings separated by colons.
n
Certificate Authority File : Name of the file containing the list of certificate authorities (CAs) trusted by your application. The file set by this property should contain a list of CA certificates in PEM format.
n
CA Directory : Path to a directory containing CA certificates. The path set by this property should point to a directory containing CA certificates in PEM format.
General
Use this section to enable/disable the supported security protocols on the HTTPS server.
n
TLS1 : Version 1 of the Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol.
n
SSL3 : Version 3 of the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol.
n
SSL2 : Version 2 of the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol.
n
PCT1 : Version 1 of the Private Communications Transport (PCT) protocol.
Notes:
n
Although a number of sites still support SSL2, Nuance recommends that you disable it because of potential security vulnerabilities.
188
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
If you select Using OpenSSL , this functionality is provided by the Cipher List .
Test Connection
Once you have filled in the information, you can click the Test Connection button to test the connection to the HTTPS (SSL) server.
Restore Defaults
Restores the default settings.
After you click OK , you return to the Administrative Settings dialog box.
Testing and troubleshooting an HTTP connection
Once you have supplied all the necessary information needed to connect to your HTTP server, press the Test Connection button. The Test Connection button tests the
connection to your HTTP server based on the information you supplied in the Roaming User
dialog boxes.
Troubleshooting test connections
The table below lists the possible messages you might receive after pressing the Test
Connection button.
189
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Message
Connection test successful!
Could not connect to the network location.
Could not copy a file to the network location
Could not create a directory on the network location
Could not delete a file from the network location
Could not delete a directory from the network location
Could not copy files into a directory created on the network location
Could not list the contents of a directory created on the network location
Contents of newly created directory
TempDir were incorrect
Could not copy a file from the network
Solution
n
None—test successful.
n
Check spelling and syntax of the HTTP address in the
n
Check your local network for problems.
n
Check create and write privileges on the server
n
WebDav Server not installed or active. For more inform-
ation, see Configuring Internet Information Services and
.
n
Check the create directory privileges on the server for the Master Roaming directory.
n
Check the privileges for creating sub-directories under the Master Roaming directory.
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges
n
Check that privileges are inherited in the sub-directories.
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges
n
Check that privileges are inherited in the sub-directories.
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges.
n
Check for authentication time-out on your server.
n
Check your local network for problems.
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges
n
Check that privileges are inherited in the sub-directories.
n
Caused by an incomplete directory listing. Try again. If the problem persists, check the condition of your network.
n
Check permissions on the Local Master Roaming directory.
190
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Message location
Solution
n
Check that the Local Master Roaming directory exists.
n
MIME types not set to *.* (the file is .txt).
n
Apache: Make sure DavDepthInfinity directive is set to
"on" for Master Roaming directory.
Could not get the size of a newly created directory on the network location.
Could not rename a file on the network location
Could not rename a directory on the network location
Could not copy a directory within the network location
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges
n
Check that privileges are inherited in the sub-directories.
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges
n
Check that privileges are inherited in the sub-directories.
n
Check permissions on the Master Roaming directory.
The end-user must have read, write, and modify privileges
n
Check that privileges are inherited in the sub-directories.
Setting and selecting Roaming User Profile options
The Administrative Settings dialog box also contains several options that you can choose from to indicate how you want a Roaming User Profile to function at each Roaming User
Profile location.
These options can affect how much data is transferred across your network when the Master
and Local Roaming User Profiles are synchronized. For more information, see Estimating
Network traffic caused by synchronization
and How Dragon Synchronizes Master and Local
Roaming User Profile options on the Administrative Settings dialog box
Display Classic Open User Profiles dialog
Enable this option to display the Classic Open User Profiles dialog box. The setting configures the Open User Profiles dialog box to display only folders that contain actual
Dragon User Profiles in the Location of User Profiles box.
Note :
For faster performance at large sites with Roaming User Profile directories, Nuance recommends using the default appearance for the Open User Profiles dialog box.
Displaying the Classic Open User Profiles dialog box takes longer because Dragon first
191
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles verifies that directories contain valid Dragon User Profiles. Directory structures do not display with the Classic setting.
Allow non-Roaming User Profiles to be opened
Select this box to permit the end-user to open non-Roaming (local) User Profiles. Nuance recommends clearing this option to prevent anyone from dictating with a non-Roaming
(local) User Profile by accident.
Merge contents of vocdelta.voc into network user profile when file is full
Select this box to copy the contents of the local vocdelta.voc file to the master Roaming
User Profile without running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer.
If you do not set this option and if you have not run the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer for a long time, the end-user will see a message when the vocdelta.voc file becomes full. If you do not run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer regularly, you should set this option to prevent end-users from seeing this message.
Vocdelta.voc is the file used to store vocabulary changes in the Master Roaming User
Profile. It is updated whenever a Local Roaming User Profile is closed, and it is used to update the Local Roaming User Profile with vocabulary changes every time that a User
Profile is opened. When you run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on the Master
Roaming User Profile, Dragon incorporates the contents of vocdelta.voc into the vocabulary
(.voc) file and clears the content of vocdelta.voc.
If you check this setting, Dragon monitors the size of the vocdelta.voc file. When the vocdelta.voc file reaches 90% of its maximum size (500 KB), Dragon incorporates the contents of the vocdelta.voc file into the vocabulary (.voc) file and clears vocdelta.voc.
This operation occurs when the end-user opens the local Roaming User Profile. This operation can take a long time because the vocabulary file must be transferred over the network twice. Subsequently, opening the local Roaming User Profile on another workstation can also take a long time because the entire vocabulary file must be copied from the master to the local Roaming User Profile.
Selecting this option will transfer at maximum 500 KB, or 12 bytes/word across the network at synchronization if the Roaming and Local copies are different.
Access network at user profile open/close only
Select this box to synchronize changes made to the local Roaming User Profile to the
Master Roaming User Profile only when a local Roaming User Profile opens or closes. If this box is not selected, then these local changes are immediately transferred to the Master
Roaming User Profile. The only changes affected by this setting are the changes an enduser makes locally from the Options dialog box, therefore this setting is highly unlikely to have a perceptible impact on Dragon’s performance.
At synchronization, setting this option will copy approximately
n
18 MB of vocabulary files (*.voc).
n
240 MB of acoustic archive files create for each dictation session (acarchive.nwv and acarchive.enwv).
Note: These files are only copied from the Local to the Roaming User Profile; they are never copied from the Roaming User Profile to the local User Profile.
These files synchronize across the network when:
192
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
Vocabulary files - when the local end-user modifies the vocabulary with information from the Learn from specific documents , Learn from sent e-mails , or Vocabulary
Optimizer dialogs or when the Roaming and Local copies are different.
n
Acoustic archive files - these files will be copied to session folder if it exists. Once the master voice_container limit is reached, nothing more is copied.
Ask before breaking locks on network user profiles (recommended for UNC and mapped drives)
Select this box to keep the option of maintaining or breaking a network lock when opening a
Roaming User Profile. Normally, network locks prevent anyone from opening a Roaming
User Profile at the same time someone else is opening that User Profile. While this process does not take a long time, network problems can cause a lock to become "stuck" and not release when the opening process is completed. When this happens, the next time anyone tries to open that User Profile, Dragon displays a message stating that the User Profile is locked and giving them the option of overriding it. If you do not want this message displaying and always want to break a network lock in this situation, you can clear this option to prevent the message from appearing. Because the presence of a lock can indicate a problem that needs to be addressed, Nuance recommends that you enable this option.
Notes:
n
This option is valid for users connecting to the Master Roaming User Profile location using a mapped drive or UNC drive, but is not supported for users connecting over
HTTP.
n
Be careful when in breaking a locked Roaming User Profile. For example, if you break a lock when another end-user is writing to the Master Roaming User Profile, breaking the lock may corrupt the Master Roaming User Profiles.
n
If an end-user opens a Roaming User Profile while the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer is running on the Master Roaming User Profile, the end-user will see a message but can continue.
Set audio levels on each machine (recommended)
Select this box to run the Check your microphone option from the Accuracy Center window before your first session with a Roaming User Profile. This includes the Volume
Check and the microphone Quality Check . Check this option if your users are dictating on different computers or on a single computer, like a laptop, in many different locations. When an end-user changes computers or locations, the audio setup data can vary depending on differences in the microphone and sound card, as well as differences in ambient sound levels of each Roaming User Profile location. In situations where Dragon detects a significant difference between operating systems, sound cards, microphones, or other hardware, the program will prompt you to run Check your microphone even if you do not have this option selected.
Save acoustic information
An end-user selects the Save acoustic information option to make sure that their acoustic information is saved along with their local User Profile. By saving the acoustic information, the end-user ensures that any corrections they make will be available after they close and reopen the User Profile. This option also makes sure that these corrections will be synchronized between the Local and Master Roaming User Profile if the end-user also enables the Always copy acoustic information to network option.
193
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
This option is turned on by default
Prompt before saving to network location
An administrator can set the Prompt before saving to network location option to let endusers choose where to save their User Profile. When an administrator enables this option, and an end-user attempts to close Dragon or turn off or log off the operating system, a dialog box appears that lets the end-user choose to save their profile locally or to the master network location. An end-user can save their profile locally if they are on a slow network. An end-user can save their profile to the master location to ensure any updates to their profile are available at other network locations.
Copy Dragon Log to Network
Select this box to copy the Dragon.log file from the local workstation to the master Roaming
User Profile location whenever the program synchronizes the local and master Roaming
User Profile. Dragon.log contains information that can help to diagnose problems that your users might encounter using Dragon .
Note: The Dragon .log file will not be copied once the maximum size is reached in the Disk space reserved for network archive option.
Selecting this option can increase how long it takes to close a Roaming User Profile. It can also limit the usefulness of the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer because it reduces the amount of acoustic data that can be stored in the network archive. Nuance recommends that you not set this option unless requested by Nuance Technical Support.
Selecting this option will transfer 1 MB or less of data across the network at synchronization.
These files are only copied from the Local Roaming User Profile to the Master Roaming
User Profile; they are never copied from the Master Roaming User Profile to the Local
Roaming User Profile.
Always copy acoustic information to network
Select this box to copy the User Profile’s acoustic model (.usr and .sig files) to the Master
Roaming User Profile location.
If you chose not to copy the User Profile’s acoustic information to the network, updates to the acoustic model that you make on one computer (for example by correcting and training words) will not be available on other computers used by that particular Roaming User Profile until you run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on the Master Roaming User
Profile location and the Local and Master Roaming User Profiles synchronize. Therefore, if you do not run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on the Master Roaming
User Profiles regularly, you should set this option.
By always copying the acoustic information to the Master Roaming User Profile location, you ensure these accuracy improvements will be available when the Master Roaming User
Profile is opened from another location. However, setting this option can increase the amount of time it takes to close a Roaming User Profile.
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, an end-user can set the Save Acoustic information option to control if Dragon saves the .usr and .sig files on each computer they dictate on.
See "Controlling updates to the acoustic components of a User Profile" in Dragon - What's
New for administrators for more information.
194
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
The transfer of acoustic information based on this option's setting is not limited by setting the
Disk space reserved for network archive option.
Setting this option will copy approximately 15 MB across the network at synchronization if the
Roaming and Local copies are different.
Conserve archive size on network
Select this box to prevent copying of .DRA
files (files that contain the acoustic data from the latest dictation session) to the Master Roaming User Profile location when the program synchronizes the Local and Master Roaming User Profiles. Leaving this box unchecked allows the local .DRA
files to synchronize with the Master Roaming User Profile, which makes the .DRA
files available to the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer when it is run on the Master Roaming User Profile locations and provides increased accuracy.
However, because .DRA
files can be large, if you experience excessive network slowdowns, checking this option may solve the problem by eliminating the copying of these files each time the Master and Local Roaming User Profiles synchronize. You can still run the Acoustic and
Language Model Optimizer on the Master Roaming User Profile, but since it will not have the .DRA
files to process, the accuracy gains will be less.
Note: The .DRA
files will not be copied once the maximum size is reached in the Disk space reserved for network archive option.
At synchronization, setting this option will copy approximately 1.3 MB for each minute of dictation saved in the .DRA files. These files are only copied from the Local Roaming User
Profile to the Master Roaming User Profile; they are never copied from the Master Roaming
User Profile to the Local Roaming User Profile.
Disk space reserved for network archive
Use this option to specify the maximum size of the directory containing the acoustic data (the
.dra and the log files) available to the Acoustic Optimizer . By default the archive size is 500
MB per dictation source. To conserve space, you can reduce the default size and select the
Conserve archive size on network option.
Creating a Roaming User Profile on the local computer
There are two ways to create a Roaming User Profile:
n
Train a new Roaming User Profile
n
Convert a non-roaming local User Profile into a Roaming User Profile
To open or create a Roaming User Profile, your local installation of Dragon must be
Notes
n
If you use a variety of microphones or input devices with your Roaming User Profile,
see the topic: Using multiple dictation sources with a single User Profile .
n
If you modify a master Roaming User Profile while you have a local Roaming User
Profile open on a computer that is not currently connected to the network (for example, a laptop at a remote location), the changes to the master Roaming User Profile will overwrite any changes you make to the local Roaming User Profile when you
195
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles synchronize the local and master Roaming User Profiles.
n
When an end-user that is using a Roaming User Profile exits Dragon , switches User
Profiles, closes a User Profile, or saves a User Profile, Dragon saves changes to the
Local Roaming User Profile and then synchronizes these changes with the Master
Roaming User Profile on the network. For more information, see How Dragon
Synchronizes Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
Creating and training a new Roaming User Profile
To create and train a new Roaming User Profile:
1. To display the Open User Profile dialog box, select Profile > Open User Profile on the
DragonBar .
Note: When the Roaming feature is enabled, end-users can create only Roaming User
Profiles. The Location of user profiles field displays only the Roaming User Profile locations you defined in the Administrative Settings dialog box. To let the end-users create both local (non-roaming) and Roaming User Profiles, select the Allow non-
Roaming User profiles to be opened option on the Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box. Clearing this option prevents User Profiles from dictating
with a non-roaming local User Profile by accident. For more information, see Enabling the
Roaming feature on each computer where an end-user will dictate
.
If you allow end-users to open both non-roaming local and Roaming User Profiles, be sure they select the correct location from the Location of user profiles field.
If there are multiple roaming profile locations, make sure each end-user selects the correct location from the Location of user profiles field.
2. Click New and begin training the User Profile as you would any other User Profile.
3. When you are finished training the User Profile, the program saves the User Profiles into the master Roaming User Profile location specified in the Location of user profiles field.
Converting a non-roaming local User Profile into a
Roaming User Profile
You can convert an existing non-roaming local User Profile to a Roaming User Profile from the Manage User Profiles dialog box. Converting a non-roaming local User Profile copies that User Profile to the Master Roaming User Profile location.
To convert a non-Roaming User Profile to a Roaming User Profile:
1. Select Profile > Manage User Profiles from the DragonBar . This action displays the
Manager User Profiles dialog box.
2. In the Location of user profile drop-down list at the bottom of the dialog box, select the non-roaming local location of your User Profiles. Now the list under User Profiles should include all the non-roaming local User Profiles that you can convert to Master Roaming
User Profiles.
196
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
3. Select the non-roaming local User Profiles you want to convert to a Master Roaming User
Profile.
4. Click the Advanced button and then select Save to Roaming from the menu that pops up. The Save to Roaming dialog box appears.
5. Under Select Roaming Master Location to save the user , select the appropriate
Master Roaming User Profile location from the drop-down list. In the Choose subdirectory if wanted field, you can select a subdirectory within the Roaming Master location. When finished, click OK . A Master Roaming User Profile location appears in this list only if it is currently available to the local computer.
6. Repeat the process for any other non-roaming local User Profiles you want to convert to
Master Roaming User Profiles.
Dictating with a Roaming User Profile
You dictate with a Roaming User Profile the same way you would with any other User Profile.
For specific information about working with a Roaming User Profile, refer to the following topics:
n
Opening a Roaming User Profile
n
Using multiple dictation sources with a single User Profile
n
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for Roaming User Profiles
n
Synchronizing Master and Local Roaming User Profiles
Opening a Roaming User Profile
When the Roaming feature is enabled, you can only open Roaming User Profiles (unless you set an option allowing speakers to open both Roaming and Local User Profiles).
To open a Roaming User Profile:
1. On the DragonBar , select Profile > Open User Profile .
2. On the Open User Profile dialog box, select a User Profile from the list, and click Open .
If you do not see the User Profile you are looking for, press F5 to refresh the list of User Profile.
Notes:
n
If you allow end-users to select both non-roaming local and Roaming User
Profiles, make sure they select the correct location from the Location of user profiles drop-down list.
n
When the Roaming feature is enabled, you can only open Roaming User
Profiles. The Location of user profiles drop down list displays only the
Roaming User Profile locations you defined in the Administrative Settings dialog box. To let the end-users open both local (non-roaming) and Roaming
User Profiles, select the Allow non-Roaming User profiles to be opened option in the Administrative Settings dialog box. Clearing this option prevents end-users from dictating with a non-roaming local User Profile by
197
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
n
If you connect to your Roaming User Profile Master Directory over HTTP or
HTTP with SSL, and you find that the Open User Profile dialog box does not display all the vocabularies and acoustic models for your User Profiles, make sure that:
The .INI
extensions is registered in MIME types ( ini.png
) list of your IIS server.
Add all file extensions within your Master Roaming User Profile directories and sub-directories to the Registered MIME types list of your IIS server. You could also add a wildcard ( .*) MIME-type.
For more information on adding a wildcard ( .*) MIME-type, see:
For Windows Server 2008: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc725608(WS.10).aspx
n
The end-user's topics.ini and acoustics.ini
files are not locked, password protected, or otherwise access restricted by your server permissions.
Using multiple dictation sources with a single User
Profile
It is possible to have a variety of dictation sources (audio input devices) for a single set of
User Profiles so that the speaker can deploy various microphones or portable recording
devices. This ability is especially useful with the Roaming feature
. By allowing multiple dictation sources, you can still have the same User Profiles for each location regardless of the microphone type.
To add a new dictation source to a User Profile
1. In the Open User Profile dialog box, select the User Profile to dictate with the new dictation source.
2. Click the Source button and then click New . The New Dictation Source dialog box appears.
3. Select a new input device for dictation from the list on the New Dictation Source dialog box. You can choose from among different microphone or recorder types.
4. Click OK . You return to the Open User Profile dialog box.
5. Select the User Profile you just created and click Open . If you have not previously trained the User Profile with the new dictation source, the Profile Creation wizard appears and you can begin training.
198
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for
Roaming User Profiles
When the Roaming feature is enabled on a workstation, that workstation cannot run the
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer or the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer Scheduler because the optimizer or scheduler can only be run on the Master
Roaming User Profile. Later, any optimizations done by the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer
are copied to each Local Roaming User Profile when synchronization occurs.
The system administrator is responsible for running the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer on the network location of the Master Roaming User Profiles. The administrator can install Dragon on the computer where the Master Roaming User Profiles are located or an administrator's computer that has network access to the Master Roaming User Profiles and run the Scheduler for the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer . If possible, the administrator’s workstation should be co-located with the server because a large amount of data needs to be transferred between the server and the workstation running the optimizer.
Note: You must have Windows Administrator privileges on the computer where you are running the Scheduler for the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer .
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on a multi-core computer
If a Roaming User Profile is created and used on a multi-core computer with the Roaming feature enabled, when an administrator runs the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on that profile on a single-core computer, all accuracy improvements may not be applied to the profile. If an administrator runs the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer for a Roaming
User Profile on a single-core computer, when an end-user opens the profile on a multi-core computer, only the first acoustic model will load.
To make sure that corrections and accuracy improvements that end-users make are applied to their Roaming User Profile, an administrator should run the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer on Roaming User Profiles only on a multi-core computer.
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on a User Profile with two acoustic models
If the computer that an end-user dictates on meets certain system requirements, Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 can use two acoustic models (instead of one) with a User Profile. Using two acoustic models instead of one increases recognition and dictation accuracy. Acoustic models that can be added in pairs to a User Profile are called Two-pass models.
See Using multiple acoustic models with a User Profile for more information.
To run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer to optimize Roaming User Profiles
1. Be sure that a copy of Dragon is installed on the computer where you plan to run the
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer . Also be sure that the Roaming feature is not enabled.
199
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
2. On the Windows Start menu, select Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking >
Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools > Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer
Scheduler to start the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler .
3. Access the master directory of the Roaming User Profiles you want to optimize: select
File > Set Speaker Directory from the menu of the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer Scheduler window. In the Set User Profile Directory dialog box, either enter the path of the directory or click the Browse button. If the User Profiles you want to optimize are located in multiple directories, you can change directories to locate the additional User Profiles.
4. Select the User Profile(s) you want to optimize and set a schedule for running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer . For specific instructions, click the Help button in the window.
Controlling access to User Profiles
If you have multiple Dragon end-users on an end-user workstation, those end-users will have multiple User Profiles to choose from in Dragon's Open User Profile dialog box.
If you use a shared directory for User Profiles, whether they are roaming or non-roaming, you may be concerned about the ability of an end-user to see and/or open another enduser’s profile as well as their ability to open the correct profile. There are several ways to address this concern:
n
Many of Nuance’s customers address this concern simply through end-user training.
Each end-user should be aware that if they open another end-user’s profile and try to use it, their accuracy will be poor and end-user-specific customizations will not be available. Therefore, each end-user has an incentive to use only their own profile.
However, this fact doesn't prevent a malicious end-user from damaging another enduser’s profile.
n
If end-users always log into Windows with a unique Windows user ID, you can use
Windows file permissions to control access to the files. Typically, you do this by granting Full Control or Read/Write/Modify access to the shared directory, but do not allow this permission to propagate to sub-directories. That way, each end-user becomes the creator owner of any Dragon User Profile that he or she creates. Endusers can still see all of the Dragon User Profiles in the Open User Profile dialog box, but if they try to select another end-user’s profile, a message will appear saying that they do not have permission to access that profile. Apply similar file permissions to the local copy of each Roaming User Profile; the default location for local copies is under
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers
for Windows 7,
Windows 8, and Windows Server 2008.
n
If end-users log in using a shared Windows user ID, the best way to control access is through HTTP Roaming. In this configuration, you set up a web server running either
IIS or Apache and with the WebDAV file system enabled. On each workstation, you specify a URL on the web server as the Roaming User Profile location. When an enduser launches Dragon, before displaying the Open User Profile dialog it prompts for a user name and password, which it uses to authenticate against the web server.
You can use file permissions on the web server to specify which User Profiles are
200
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide accessible to each account on the web server. File security is a function of the web server and the WebDAV software.
Making it easier for end-users to select their User Profiles
As described above, the Dragon Open User Profile dialog shows a list of all of the User
Profiles in a shared directory (unless you are using HTTP Roaming to limit access to User
Profiles). If there are more User Profiles than will fit on one screen, you can train end-users to go directly to a specific User Profile by typing the first few letters of its name.
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, you can display and view groups of User Profiles in a treestyle structure. See "Open User Profiles dialog box optimized for Roaming" in Dragon -
What's New for administrators for more information.
Notes : For use of WebDAV
n
After you install Internet Information Services and WebDAV, you need to use the
Internet Information Services Manager tool to set the “Allow Unknown MIME Types”,
“Allow Custom Properties”, and “Allow Property Queries with Infinite Depth” settings to true. For example, in IIS 7:
201
n
For more information, see Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for
.
n
If you connected to your Roaming User Profile Master Directory over HTTP and you find that the Open User Profile dialog box does not display all the vocabularies and
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles acoustic models for your User Profiles, make sure that you:
l
Check that no files in your User Profile directory are locked, password protected, or otherwise access-restricted by your server permissions.
Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for HTTP Roaming
Here we discuss how to configure Internet Information Services (IIS) and Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 to allow you to use WebDAV shares as http roaming users profile locations.
You must perform two steps to use IIS and WebDAV for Dragon HTTP Roaming:
1.
Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV
2.
Configuring Dragon internet roaming
Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV
To run WebDAV, you must install Internet Information Services (IIS) 7 or greater on a server operating system such as Windows Server 2008.
In this section we discuss installing and configuring WebDAV on IIS 7.0.
Installing and configuring WebDAV on Internet Information Services 7.0
Internet Information Services 7.0 - Install WebDAV
1. Install WebDAV on the IIS 7 server. For more information, see http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc431377.aspx
Internet Information Services 7.0 - Configuring WebDAV
1. Create a virtual directory that points to the Roaming User directory. For more information, see http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb763173.aspx
2. Enable Basic Authentication for the Roaming User directory. For more information, see: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc733010(WS.10).aspx
3. In the IIS Manager, select Default Web Site in the left pane.
4. In the main view, double-click WebDAV Authoring Rules .
5. Select WebDAV Settings .
6. In the WebDAV Settings page, under Authoring Behavior, set the Allow Unknown
MIME Types property to True .
7. Under Property Behavior, set the Allow Custom Properties and Allow Property
Queries with Infinite Depth properties to True .
202
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
203
8. Click Apply to save the changes.
9. Make sure that the files in your Roaming User Profile directory are not locked, password protected, or otherwise restricted for access by server permissions.
Configuring Dragon internet roaming
Perform the following steps to configure Dragon internet roaming on all workstations.
1. Start Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
2. Open the Administrative Settings dialog. On the Dragon Bar, select Tools > Administrative Settings .
3. In the Roaming tab, select Enable .
4. Click the Add button to add a new network location.
5. Set the Display Name and the Network Location. The Roaming User Network Location dialog box displays examples of what you can enter in the Address field.
l
For HTTP locations, you can click the HTTP Settings button to set information specific to your HTTP connection like Authentication, Firewall, and Proxy Server information.
Nuance strongly recommends that you test your connection to the HTTP server from the HTTP Settings dialog box.
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
This section describes how to upgrade Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13.
Since the Local Roaming User Profile is a copy of a subset of the end-user data taken from the master Roaming User Profile, an administrator cannot directly upgrade the Local
Roaming User Profile when they upgrade the local Dragon installation to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13.
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Notes:
n
Upgrading a set of master Roaming User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 leaves the current master Roaming User Profiles unchanged. Leaving the current files intact allows the users in the network to run the current installation of Dragon while the administrator plans the upgrade.
n
You can upgrade from a variety of Dragon products to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
If you have custom vocabularies from other versions or editions of Dragon, you must recreate the custom vocabularies in Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13. See 'Upgrading
to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13' in What you should know before upgrading from a previous version
for details.
n
Plan to upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles at a time when User Profiles are not in use, for example during the night or on a weekend.
n
Even though the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 User Profile Upgrade Wizard supports both mapped drives and UNC paths, Nuance strongly recommends that administrators upgrade the Master Roaming User Profiles on a drive on a computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is locally installed. Nuance does not recommend that administrators upgrade the Master Roaming User Profiles across a network to either a mapped drive or UNC path; upgrading over a network will take a undetermined length of time. In addition, the User Profile Upgrade Wizard does not support upgrading User Profiles over an HTTP connection.
n
If upgrading from Dragon version 10.x or earlier to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, version 10.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13:
1. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
2. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, create a new User Profile
3. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, import the custom words and commands
See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands.
Step 1: Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles
To upgrade Master Roaming User Profiles from a previous version of Dragon, Nuance recommends that an administrator install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 directly on the network computer where the current Master Roaming User Profiles are located and
204
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide upgrade those Master Roaming User Profiles directly to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13
Master Roaming User Profiles.
If an administrator is unable to install Dragon where the current Master Roaming User
Profiles are located, Nuance recommends that the administrator:
n
Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on a separate computer where the administrator will perform the upgrades.
n
Copy the current Master Roaming User Profiles from the network location to the computer where Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed.
n
Upgrade the current Master Roaming User Profiles on the computer where Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed.
n
Copy the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles to a network accessible directory on the original network location.
For more information, see Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles.
Step 2: Upgrading the User Profiles
An administrator must separately upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles to Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 using the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
After an administrator upgrades the current Master Roaming User Profiles, they can then proceed to upgrade end-user systems that deploy the Roaming feature.
For more information, see Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
Step 3: Upgrade the end-user systems
After an administrator upgrades the master Roaming User Profiles, they can then proceed to upgrade end-user systems that deploy the Roaming feature.
For more information, see Upgrading end-user systems.
Preparing to upgrade Roaming User Profiles
Step 1: Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the computer where you upgrade Dragon 11.x or
12.x User Profiles
Nuance recommends that administrators install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles are located. If that is not possible, Nuance recommends that administrators install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on a separate computer where they will perform the upgrades.
For more information on installing, see Installing Dragon on a single computer
.
Notes:
n
If you are unable to install Dragon where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming
User Profiles are located, Nuance recommends that you install Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13 on a separate computer where you perform the upgrades. For
more information, see Upgrading Roaming User Profiles: Overview
.
n
Version 10.x or earlier custom words and commands can be re-used in Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13. See the Dragon Help for information on exporting and importing custom words and commands:
205
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
i. In Dragon 10.x or earlier, export the custom words and commands
ii. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, create a new User Profile.
iii. In Dragon NaturallySpeaking13, import the custom words and commands
Step 2: On the current Dragon end-user systems that use the Roaming feature
On the end-user systems where the end-users dictate using the Dragon 11.x or 12.x
Roaming feature, save and close any open User Profiles on each Dragon 11.x or 12.x system that uses the Roaming feature.
Note: If there is no time when all the Roaming User Profiles are not in use (for example, in a hospital where some physicians use Dragon during a night shift), administrators can upgrade different groups of Roaming User Profiles at different times.
Step 3: On the central network storage location for the current Master Roaming User Profiles
1. (Optional) Back up the master Roaming User Profiles to a separate location, either by using any system backup utility that is implemented at your facility or by using the Dragon
The Manage User Profiles dialog.
Note: You do not need to back up the Roaming User Profiles because the upgrade retains the current User Profiles in a directory that is separate from the Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13 User Profiles.
2. Create a new directory on the shared network drive to store the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 Master Roaming User Profiles. Although you can store the upgraded
User Profiles in the same location as the current User Profiles — this would make two versions of each User Profile visible to the end-user and lead to confusion — Nuance recommend creating a location that is different from the location that stores the current (Dragon
11.x or 12.x) User Profiles.
Step 4: Copy the current Master Roaming User Profiles to the Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 client computer
If you install Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x
Master Roaming User Profiles are located, then proceed to Step 5 below.
If Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 is not installed on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or
12.x Master Roaming User Profiles are located, perform the following steps on the Dragon
NaturallySpeaking13 client computer:
1. Create a directory to store all the Master Roaming User Profiles you plan to upgrade.
2. Copy the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles from the network location to the directory.
Step 5: On the administrator system where you plan to upgrade the Dragon 11.x or 12.x
Master Roaming User Profiles
1. Start Dragon and make sure the Roaming feature is off.
To turn off the Roaming feature:
i. Close any open User Profiles.
ii. Click Administrative Settings on the DragonBar Tools menu. This action displays the Administrative Settings dialog box.
206
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
iii. On the Roaming tab, make sure Enable is not selected.
2. Close Dragon.
3. Follow the instructions in the next section, Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles .
See "Upgrading User Profiles to Dragon NaturallySpeaking13" in Dragon - What's New for administrators for more information.
Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
You must use the User Profile Upgrade Wizard to upgrade master Roaming User Profiles to
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
After you upgrade the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles and optionally copy them back to their network location, you can proceed to upgrade your end-user systems that use the Roaming feature. For more information, see Upgrading end-user systems .
Step 1: Upgrade the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles
On the computer with the current Master Roaming files and where Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13 is installed:
1. Select Start > Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Tools > Upgrade User Profiles .
2. On the Select the profile(s) to upgrade page, click Browse to add a profile to select the location of the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles. The Select the profile(s) to upgrade page now displays a list of User Profiles in the selected directory:
207
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
Continue to add User Profiles from other local locations or use the Remove from list button to remove specific User Profiles. Click Next to continue.
208
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
3. If you choose to upgrade only one User Profile, the wizard displays the number of minutes the upgrade requires to complete the upgrade.
4. If you upgrade a UK User Profile, the wizard displays a page that lets you select a region for the profile.
5. On the Choose where to store the upgraded profile(s) page, in the Location for upgraded profile(s) text box, choose the local location you previously created to contain the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 master Roaming User Profiles. If a location is
209
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles not visible, click Browse , find the correct location, and click Next .
6. The Begin profile upgrading page displays the number of User Profiles that the wizard is prepared to upgrade.
Click Begin upgrading to start the upgrade process. The upgrade process can take 2-
24 minutes or more per User Profile, depending on the speed of the computer system and the speed of the network. Click Stop at any time to interrupt this process. The upgrade process creates new master Roaming User Profiles in the destination you selected.
7. Click Finish to complete the upgrading process and exit the User Profile Upgrade Wizard .
The User Profile Upgrade Wizard names each Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 master
Roaming User Profile as follows: <name> (v13.x) . For example, Dragon copies and upgrades a Dragon 11.x Master Roaming User Profile with a filename of roaminguser1 to roaminguser1 (v13) . Dragon does not change the name of the Dragon 11.x Master
Roaming User Profile.
Do no store the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Roaming User Profiles in the same directory as the upgraded Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Roaming User Profiles. The Open User Profile dialog box displays all the Dragon 11.x and 12.x profiles. A Dragon end-user may not be sure of the profile they should select for dictation.
Step 2: Clean up the Dragon 11.x or 12.x locations for master Roaming User Profiles
(optional)
When the User Profile Upgrade Wizard modifies the Dragon 11.x or 12.x master
Roaming User Profiles, it create a copy of the upgraded User Profile and does not change
210
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide the original profiles. This ensures the original profiles are available in case someone requires them.
An administrator can optionally rename or remove the Dragon 11.x or 12.x master Roaming
User Profiles through the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
Step 3: Copy the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles to their network location (Optional)
If you were unable to install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 where you store the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles, and you instead copy them to a different computer with Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 installed, you must now copy the Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 Master Roaming User Profiles back to the new network directory. This is the directory you created on their original network location.
You can skip this step if you installed Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the computer where the Dragon 11.x or 12.x Master Roaming User Profiles are located and you upgraded those
Master Roaming User Profiles directly to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
Step 4: Upgrade end-user systems to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13
After you upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles, you can upgrade the end-user systems that use the Roaming feature.
For more information, see Upgrading end-user systems .
Upgrading end-user systems
After you upgrade the master Roaming User Profiles, you can upgrade the end-user systems that use the Roaming feature.
Step 1: Upgrade systems that use the Roaming feature
Since the User Profile Upgrade Wizard does not change or move the current master
Roaming User Profiles, your current Dragon systems can continue to use the Roaming feature until you upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
To upgrade a Dragon 11.x or 12.x system to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, follow the
installation instructions under Installing Dragon on a single computer
.
Notes:
n
When prompted, choose to remove the Dragon 11.x or 12.x installation. If you choose not to remove the previous installation, you cannot continue to upgrade.
Step 2: Enable the Roaming feature on the Dragon systems
When you upgrade to Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, the Roaming feature is off by default.
To turn on the Roaming feature, perform the following steps on each Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 client computer:
1. Start Dragon.
2. Close all User Profiles.
211
Chapter 6: Configuring and using the Roaming feature and Roaming User Profiles
3. Click Administrative Settings on the DragonBar Tools menu. This displays the
Administrative Settings dialog box.
4. On the Roaming tab, select Enable .
5. The Network Directories list displays the network location of the current master Roaming User Profiles.
If you created a new network directory for the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 master
Roaming User Profiles, you can either click the Add button to add the new network location or select a listed directory and then click Edit to change the path to the new location.
When you have finished, click OK to close the Administrative Settings dialog box. You should also remove any Dragon 11.x or 12.x master Roaming User Profile directories that are not in use.
6. Select Profile > Open User Profile on the DragonBar . This action displays the Open
User Profile dialog box. If you allow end-users to select both non-roaming local and
Roaming User Profiles, make sure they select the correct location (the Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 Roaming User Profile location) from the Location of user profile field.
7. Select a User Profile and click Open .
Note: If you did not upgrade the Roaming User Profiles and store them in the new master
Roaming User Profile directory, when you click Open , the User profile needs to be upgraded dialog box appears. Since you cannot upgrade Roaming User Profiles locally, you should click Cancel
and return to Upgrading master Roaming User Profiles
. If you click
OK instead of Cancel , you receive a message stating You cannot upgrade a roaming user because you cannot upgrade Roaming User Profiles on a workstation where the
Roaming feature is on.
212
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
This section contains information on using Dragon through a remote desktop connection, including support for using the PowerMic II and Terminal Services.
You can connect to Dragon on a remote computer from the following client operating systems:
n
Windows 7 (all editions), 32-bit and 64-bit
n
Windows 8 (all editions), 32-bit and 64-bit
You can run Dragon on remote computers that run the following operating systems:
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
This section provides information on how to deploy and use Dragon through a remote desktop connection.
214
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Tasks
Overview of how client users can remotely connect to Dragon running on a remote computer.
Install Dragon on a remote computer and install the Dragon Client For Remote Desktop
Set up the remote computer
Topic
Overview of using Dragon on a remote computer through a remote desktop connection
Overview of configuring Dragon and the Remote Desktop connection feature
Configuring the remote computer
Configuring the Dragon client computer
Set up client computers by setting audio policies, roaming user directories, and the
Remote Desktop Connection 7.
Use a PowerMic II with Dragon on a remote computer.
System Requirements for running Dragon on a remote computer.
Using the PowerMic II through a remote desktop connection
Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Overview of using Dragon on a remote computer through a remote desktop connection
Remote computers that run the following Windows operating systems include the ability to enable audio redirection from a remote desktop connection:
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
For Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 users, this allows speech recognition to take place over the network when Remote Desktop Connection version 7 (or higher) is used to connect the
Windows client to the remote computer.
End-users can connect to Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 running on a supported remote computer from a workstation where Dragon is not installed. The workstation connects to the remote computer using Microsoft’s free Remote Desktop Connection, version 7 or higher.
This provides bi-directional audio with:
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
215
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
End-users can use Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on the remote computer with the same applications they use when Dragon runs on a workstation.
When Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed on:
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
Dragon detects when the RDC 7 client session starts and allows users to dictate into remote applications that are published on the remote computer.
A single installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise allows only one client connection at a time. A single installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13 on Windows Server 2008 R2 allows multiple client connections at once. Keep this in mind, as well as server capacity and network bandwidth requirements, when you plan your configuration.
Benefits of using Dragon on a remote computer through a remote desktop connection
Reduces administrative work : You only need to install, configure, and administer Dragon on the remote computer instead of on multiple workstations. This reduces the amount of administrative work that needs to be performed.
Eliminates the need for Citrix client and server software : You no longer need to install
Citrix software to enable multiple end-users to dictate into supported applications.
Maintenance of audio quality : The capacity and quality of audio is the same as when using Citrix.
Reduces the need to upgrade workstations : You can install and configure Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13 on a remote computer and avoid having to upgrade workstations that do not meet system requirements for Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
Supported features
All Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 features are available to end-users that use Dragon on a remote computer through a remote desktop connection.
End-users can use Full Text Control with the same applications that are supported when
Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is installed locally.
You should advise end-users to save their documents and dictation frequently in case network connectivity is lost, audio quality is degraded by low availability of network bandwidth, etc.
Support for audio transmission between workstations and remote computers
In order to transmit audio from the client computer to
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
216
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide running Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, you must:
n enable the audio recording option on the remote client software
n enable the audio recording redirection policy on the remote computer
Important notes
The number of concurrent end-users that can simultaneously use Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13 on a remote computer is determined by a number of factors, including disk space capacity and network bandwidth.
Installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking13 on a remote computer requires product activation to occur once. Afterwards, Nuance does not limit the number of end-users that can access and use a single remote computer-based installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
For Citrix, administrators are responsible for configuring and troubleshooting remote computer-based issues, including WTS, that may affect the use of Dragon NaturallySpeaking
13.
Overview of configuring Dragon and the Remote Desktop connection feature
To enable audio redirection through a remote desktop connection, and allow users to connect and use Dragon on:
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012 you install software on the remote computers and on Dragon workstations. You can expect to spend around thirty minutes installing and configuring the required software.
Overview of configuring the remote computer
For more details, see Configuring the remote computer.
1. Install Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on one of the following systems:
-Windows Server 2008 R2
-Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
-Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
-Windows Server 2012
See Installing Dragon on a single computer for more information.
2. On the system where you installed Dragon, install any applications that your end-users will use with Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
3. If using Windows Server 2008 R2:
1. Install the Remote Desktop Services Role from the Server Manager Console (follow the steps in the Add Roles Wizard ).
2. Configure the Local Group Policy to allow connections from clients (run gpedit.msc
from a command prompt).
3. Configure the server to allow connections from any version of Remote desktop ( Control Panel > System > Remote Settings > Remote ).
217
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
4. If using Windows 7 Ultimate or Enterprise or Windows Server 2012, configure the server to allow connections from any version of Remote desktop ( Control Panel > System Properties > Remote ).
5. If using Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise, configure the workstation to allow remote connections ( Settings > System > Remote settings ).
Overview of configuring the client computer
The following information applies to:
n
Windows 8 (all editions)
n
Windows 7 (all editions)
For more details, see Configuring the Dragon client computer .
1. To use a smartphone device as a microphone - Configure the Dragon Remote Microphone application on your iPhone to communicate with Dragon.Installing the Dragon Client for Remote Desktop software and using the Audio Setup wizard is not required for smart phones.
To use a non-smartphone device as a microphone - On each client computer that will connect to Dragon on the server, install the Dragon Client For Remote Desktop on the client computer:
1. Insert your Dragon DVD in your local computer's DVD drive.
2. In the Dragon Client For Remote Desktop folder, run setup.exe and follow the steps to install the software.The program group "Dragon Client For
Remote Desktop" appears in your Windows program folders available from the Windows Start menu.
Note : If you are installing Dragon Client for Remote Desktop using the MSI
Windows Installer, run dragonclientinstaller.msi.
3. Connect the microphone that you will use to dictate with Dragon.
4. If your computer has multiple audio sources, make sure that your microphone is set as the Default recording.
5. From the Dragon Client for Remote Desktop program group, run the
Audio Setup Wizard to configure your microphone.
Note : To use a smartphone or other supported wireless device as a remote microphone, do not use the Audio Setup wizard. See Set up a smart device as a microphone
2. In the Remote Desktop Connection, enable "Record from this computer".
Dragon Client For Remote Desktop components
The Dragon Client For Remote Desktop installation consists of two components that you install on the client computer:
n
Audio Setup Wizard: a stand-alone application that provides a way to check that your microphone sound levels and signal quality are suitable for using Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 with a remote desktop connection.
218
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
PMIIControl.exe - the Powermic II Button Control application: a standalone application that provides a way to customize the buttons on the
PowerMic II. The buttons can be used with Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 while working across the remote desktop connection, and can also be used with local applications, independent of installing and using Dragon
NaturallySpeaking 13.
User Profiles and using Dragon through a Remote Desktop session
Notes :
1. To ensure that audio quality is acceptable, on the local workstation, connect the microphone and run the Audio Setup Wizard. Note : This is not part of
User Profile creation because the microphone and the Audio Setup Wizard are on the local workstation, not the remote computer.
2. From the workstation, connect to the remote computer.
3. Start Dragon.
4. Create a User Profile or open an existing profile. If you are creating a User
Profile, you must perform four minutes of Short training. It is not possible to skip User Profile training.
n
In the Windows Control Panel, you must set the audio source on the client as the default audio source.
n
End-users can use User Profiles created on Dragon workstations without performing additional training on:
-Windows Server 2008 R2
-Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
-Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
-Windows Server 2012
n
Nuance recommends that you create and train a User Profile (or add a dictation source to an existing User Profile) while Dragon is running in a
Remote Desktop session. If an end-user uses an existing profile with a dictation source that was trained while Dragon was running on the enduser’s workstation, poor accuracy may result.
n
If an end-user already has a Dragon profile on a different machine, they can copy or import it to the remote computer so it can be accessed in
Dragon there. For these profiles, we strongly recommend you run the
Audio Setup Wizard locally before using the profiles with Dragon on the remote computer.
n
If an end-user works both locally and remotely, they should create two separate dictation sources. This can be done with the PowerMic II:
1. Create a dictation source called "PowerMic II" to use when
Dragon is running on the end-user’s workstation.
2. Create a dictation source called "USB Microphone" to use when
Dragon is running through a Remote Desktop session.
219
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Overview of configuring a PowerMic II for use with Dragon through a remote desktop connection
1. On the local machine, add the PowerMic II as a dictation source to a User
Profile. Make sure to choose USB as the device type.
2. Run the Audio Setup Wizard on the local machine to ensure the PowerMic II is properly detected and high-quality audio is available.
3. Configure the PowerMic II buttons using the PowerMic II Button Control
application. For details, see Using the PowerMic II through a remote desktop connection
.
4. Test the PowerMic II buttons on the local machine before using them over the Remote Desktop connection
Note : PowerMic II button support is not available for the Philips SpeechMike. You cannot substitute PowerMic II button support when using the SpeechMike.
Troubleshooting tips
On the remote computer
After running the Remote Desktop Connection session on:
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
Ensure that "Remote Audio" device is created on the server: In the Control Panel, select
Sound settings > Recording ).
In the Windows registry, under the registry key:
HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal
Server\WinStations\RDP-Tcp verify that the value for "fDisableAudioCapture" is 0 .
On a workstation
In Remote Desktop Connection, verify the Record from this computer option is enabled.
220
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Configuring the remote computer
for more information.
2. Make sure that the "Remote audio" recording device already exists on:
-Windows Server 2008 R2
-Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
-Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
-Windows Server 2012
3. If you are using Windows Server 2008 R2, perform the steps in Configuring Remote
Desktop Connection for Windows Server 2008 R2 .
4. If you are using:
-Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
-Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
5. Optionally, you can use Remote Application Manager to publish all applications and EMRs on
-Windows Server 2008 R2
-Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
-Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
-Windows Server 2012
This provides full support for dictation and playback.
6. Optionally, you can configure the Roaming User master directory and Roaming Administrative settings. Nuance recommends enabling the Roaming User feature to store User
Profiles on a secure network.
Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows
Server 2008 R2 Part 1
Perform the following steps to install and configure the Remote Desktop Services role.
1. Open Remote Desktop Connection.
2. Open the Server Manager.
3. Select Roles .
221
4. Select Add Roles .
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
5. On the Before You Begin screen, click Next .
6. On the Select Server Roles screen, select Remote Desktop Services , click Next .
7. On the Remote Desktop Services screen, click Next .
222
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
8. On the Select Role Services screen, select Remote Desktop Session Host , click
Next .
9. On the Uninstall and Reinstall Applications for Compatibility screen, click Next .
223
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
10. Select Do not require Network Level Authentication , click Next .
11. On the Specify Licensing Mode screen, click Next .
12. Click Next .
224
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
13. Select the Audio and video playback option and the Audio recording redirection option.
225
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
14. Confirm your selections, and click Install .
The Installation Progress screen display the status of the installation.
15. On the Installation Results screen, verify that the installation was successful. Click
Close .
16. Restart the computer.
17. Proceed to Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows Server 2008 R2 Part
Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows
Server 2008 R2 Part 2
Perform the following steps to configure the local group policy on the server and to allow connections from client computers.
1. From a command prompt, run gpedit.msc
.
2. Navigate to Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Remote Desktop Services > Remote Desktop Session Host > Device and resource redirection .
3. Enable the Allow audio and video playback redirection option: on the Allow audio and video playback redirection screen, select Enabled and Press OK .
226
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
4. Enable the Allow audio recording redirection option: on the Allow audio recording redirection screen, click Enabled and Press OK .
5. Launch regedit on and set the following registry setting to 0 :
HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal Server-
\WinStations\RDP-Tcp
6. Open the Control Panel.
7. Navigate to System and Security > System .
8. Select Remote .
9. Enable the Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote
Desktop (less secure) option.
10. Click OK .
11. Continue at step 5 in Configuring the remote computer .
Configuring Remote Desktop Connection for Windows 7 and Windows 8 that run Dragon
The following steps are for configuring:
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
1. Open the Control Panel.
2. Open System Properties.
3. Click the Remote tab.
4. Enable the Allow Remote Assistance connections to this computer option.
227
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
5. Enable the Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote
Desktop (less secure) option.
6. From a command prompt, run gpedit.msc.\
7. Navigate to Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Remote Desktop Services > Remote Desktop Session Host > Device and resource redirection .
8. Enable the Allow audio and video playback redirection option.
9. On the Allow audio and video playback redirection screen, select Enabled and
Press OK .
10. Enable the Allow audio recording redirection option.
11. On the Allow audio recording redirection screen, click Enabled and Press OK .
12. Launch regedit on and set the following registry setting to 0:
HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal Server\WinStations\RDP-
Tcp\fDisableAudioCapture.
228
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Configuring the client computer to connect to Dragon through a remote desktop connection
After you install Dragon on a remote computer and Dragon Client for Remote Desktop on each client computer, perform the following steps on each client computer that will connect to
Dragon on the remote computer.
for more information.
2. On the client, plug in the microphone that you will use to dictate with Dragon. Then run the
Audio Setup Wizard to check that microphone sound levels and signal quality are suitable.
3. Ensure Remote Desktop Connection 6.1 (RDC 6.1) or higher is installed on the client computer. If it is not, visit the following link to download Remote
Desktop Connection 7.0 client update http://support.microsoft.com/kb/969084
4. When you start Remote Desktop Connection 7, in the Remote Desktop Connection dialog box, click Options .
229
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
5. Select the Local Resources tab, click Settings .
6. Select Play on this computer and Record from this computer , and click OK . Selecting these options enables audio support each time the end-user opens the remote con-
230
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide nection.
7. Recommended only for the PowerMic: On the Local Resources tab, set the Apply Windows.key combinations field to Only when using the full screen . Using full screen lets you use the PowerMic II Button Control application correctly. Note : If not using full screen mode, key combinations may not work as expected and may be limited.
231
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
8. Recommended only for the PowerMic: On the Display tab, set the Display configuration to Full Screen.
232
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
9. In the Windows sound settings, verify that Remote Audio device appears.
233
Updating earlier versions of Dragon to support audio redirection
As mentioned in other sections, whenever you create a new User Profile and want the ability to access Dragon with Remote Desktop Connection 7, you must perform short training.
Using the PowerMic II through a remote desktop connection
If you use the Nuance PowerMic II microphone to dictate with Dragon, the buttons will not work with Remote Desktop Connection 7 unless you customize button settings using the
PowerMic II Button Control application. You use the PowerMic II Button Control application to assign the buttons for use in any application that accepts hotkeys, such as EMRs, audio recorders, etc. You do not need to start the Remote Desktop Connection to assign hotkey
settings to the buttons. See Keyboard keys you can assign to PowerMic II buttons
for more information.
Configuring the PowerMic II buttons
1. In Windows explorer, navigate to the folder that contains PMIIControl.exe. The default location of PMIIControl.exe is:
C:\Program Files\Nuance\Dragon Client For Remote
Desktop\PMIIControl .
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
2. Double-click PMIIControl.exe. The following screen appears:
3. Place your cursor in the text box under Button Pressed Key Sequence .
234
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
4. Enter the Windows keystrokes that will be sent to the remote computer when you press the microphone button, release the button, or press and release the button.
235
l
Button 1: is set to send the sequence {Shift + Ctrl+D}, which is assigned to the
Dragon desktop shortcut and will start Dragon. Simply pressing Button 1 starts Dragon
; nothing happens when you let go of the button.
l
Button 2: is set to simulate the Dragon Press-to-Talk button by pressing function key
F3. Let’s say the administrator assigns F3 in Dragon as the hotkey setting for using
Press-to-Talk: for a Remote Desktop Connection, the end-user must also set F3 in the
PowerMic II Button Control application. In order for the microphone to turn off when the end-user lets go of Button 2, it is necessary to enable the Button Release Triggers
Key Up checkbox. No additional key sequence is required for this type of usage.
l
Button 3: is set to send two key sequences to simulate turning a feature on and off.
For example, let’s say the end-user assigns {Ctrl+ P} and {Alt} to use to play and stop the audio playback feature. The same key sequences must be assigned to buttons in order for the feature to work with a remote desktop connection. This set of key sequences works differently from the example for Button 2, since the keystroke for the
Button Released is defined explicitly by the user. It is not necessary to enable the Button Release Triggers Key Up checkbox, since the key sequence itself defines the action.
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
Notes: Notes : Configuring the PowerMic II buttons
n
If you type a letter key (A-Z), the system automatically adds "Ctrl+Alt" as a modifier.
n
If you type a digit (0-9), the system adds "Shift+Alt" as a modifier.
n
Support is present for the Ctrl and Alt modifiers for all keys; Shift can only be allowed with another modifier, followed by a letter or digit key. For example, you can assign
“{Shift+Extended -},” but not “{Shift -}.
n
It is not possible to assign key sequences for mouse control features, or map the predefined mouse buttons. However, you may modify the mouse speed by changing the Mouse settings in the Windows Control Panel.
n
If you use the PowerMic II Button Control application on a computer where Dragon is installed, you will receive a warning if you try to assign a key sequence that is already assigned in Dragon.
n
The PowerMic II Button Control application will not run if an installation of Dragon other than Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 is running on the local computer. In this case, the end-user will receive a warning.
n
You can assign a key sequence for:
l
The Scan button, located on the under-side of the PowerMic II
l
The Tab and Enter keys
Keyboard keys you can assign to PowerMic II buttons
You can use the PowerMic II Button Control application to assign the following keyboard keys to the PowerMic II buttons:
n
BACKSPACE
n
DOWNARROW
n
END
n
ENTER
n
ESC
n
F1
n
F10
n
F11
n
F12
n
F2
n
F3
n
F4
n
F5
n
F6
n
F7
n
F8
n
F9
n
HOME
n
INS
236
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
LEFTARROW
n
MINUSKeyPad
n
PAGEDOWN
n
PAGEUP
n
PLUSKeyPad
n
RIGHTARROW
n
SLASHKeyPan
n
STARKeyPad
n
TAB
n
UPARROW
System Requirements for using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
n
Dragon client : Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13, Dragon Professional or Legal.
n
Remote computer Operating System :
n
Windows Server 2008 R2
n
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise
n
Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise
n
Windows Server 2012
n
Window Server 2008 R2 supports multiple client connections at the same time.
Windows 7 Ultimate and Enterprise only supports a single client connections at one time.
n
Software : Remote Desktop Connection 7 (RDC 7). The RDC 7 download is available here, and works for all operating systems: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/969084
Optionally, you can use USB Redirector rather than RDC 7.
n
Client Operating System : The following operating systems support Remote Desktop
Connection 7 (RDC 7):
l
Windows 8 (all editions), 32-bit and 64-bit
l
Windows 7 (all editions), 32-bit and 64-bit
n
Client Hardware - CPU and RAM :
l
Windows 8 (all editions): 1 GHz CPU and 1 GB RAM (2 GB if 64-bit)
l
Windows 7 (all editions): 1 GHz CPU and 1 GB RAM (2 GB if 64-bit)
l
Network card: 100 Mbps capable network card
n
Remote computer Hardware : For Windows Server 2008 R2, to support 6 concurrent users connecting to Dragon, the minimum requirements are:
l
Cache : 1 MB L2 cache per CPU
l
CPU : 3.x Ghz
l
Disk space : 5 GB
l
Processor : Multi-core processor with 4 cores
l
RAM : 16 GB DDR2 RAM
For double the users, double the CPU cores and the RAM.
237
Chapter 7: Using Dragon through a remote desktop connection
n
Client Hardware : Disk space: 8 MB
n
Dictation source : End-users can use the same types of dictation sources as for a local installation of : Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13.
l
Smartphones : Apple iPhone 3GS and higher, Smartphones and
tablets using Android OS 2.2 and higher. See Using a smart device as a microphone over VPN
for details.
l
USB microphones : including PowerMic II, Philips SpeechMike
l
Other microphones :Microphone plugged into Mic-In jack
l
Headset : Andrea NC-181
l
Bluetooth : Plantronics Calisto Bluetooth Headset
n
Network :
l
100 Mbps connection speed
l
Network bandwidth required per active end-user is 1.3 Mbps
Support for dictation sources over a remote desktop connection
To use the PowerMic II over the RDC connection, you install the Powermic II Button Control application to enable button support.
Using Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7 Ultimate and
Enterprise, or Windows 8 Professional and Enterprise, or Windows Server 2012
n
When you create a User Profile, you will not see a choice for the Powermic II dictation source. You must use the USB selection. When you use the USB dictation source, you cannot use hotkeys for the PowerMic II unless you manually configure the buttons using the PowerMic II Button Control application, which is available in this release.
n
If you are using the Remote Application web interface - When you launch Dragon from the Remote Desktop Connection, if you launch the DragonBar in Docked-to-
Top or Docked-to-Bottom mode, the Dragon menus will not be visible. To access the menus, you need to switch to work with Floating, Clinging, or the Tray Icon mode.
Using a smart device as a microphone over VPN
It is possible to use a VPN connection to dictate to Dragon on a remote computer using a supported smart device and the Dragon remote microphone application. For detailed VPN setup and access instructions, please contact your company's IT department and refer to your device support.
n
For iOS devices, see the Apple knowledge base article "iOS: Setting up VPN" - http://support.apple.com/kb/ht1424
n
For Android-based devices, consult Google support.
n
If you have problems using Bonjour over VPN, please use the barcode setup or manual setup. method. See the Dragon Help for details.
238
Chapter 8: Customizing a User
Profile
This section contains information on how you can add or remove the custom words, vocabularies, and commands for a User Profile.
Adding words, commands, or Vocabularies to User Profiles
utility or the Data Distribution Tool
to make new words, customized
Vocabularies, or new commands available to all User Profiles on a particular installation of Dragon .
Both the nsadmin utility and Data Distribution Tool can work across a network. Dragon Medical
Small Practice Edition does not support the nsadmin utility or the Data Distribution Tool .
The nsadmin utility lets you use the command line to make new words, commands, and
Vocabularies available to users. The nsadmin utility can perform only one action at a time.
However, you can create a batch file or script that can perform multiple nsadmin operations on a computer.
The Data Distribution Tool lets you use a GUI to interact with the nsadmin utility and make new words, commands, and Vocabularies available to users.
Note
You can use the Voctool to customize a Vocabulary by adding new words or optimizing the language model for a particular User Profile. For more information, see the Voctool Help.
Using the Data Distribution Tool
With the Dragon Professional, Legal, and Medical editions, you can use the Data Distribution
Tool to interactively make new words, customized vocabularies, or custom commands available to all users on a particular installation of Dragon .
You run the Data Distribution Tool on each installation of Dragon where you want the new words or vocabularies to be available to Dragon users.
This section describes:
240
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
Creating the Data Distribution Directory
n
Starting the Data Distribution Tool
n
Adding and removing custom words
n
Adding and removing vocabularies
n
Adding and removing custom commands
You can also run nsadmin
.
Creating the Data Distribution Directory
You create a data distribution directory to store word lists, commands, or both, that you plan to distribute to multiple users of Dragon NaturallySpeaking or Dragon Medical .
When word lists and commands are in the data distribution directory, as soon as a person opens their User Profile, Dragon automatically imports words and commands from the data distribution directory into the User Profile. This occurs regardless of the location of the computer the user dictates on.
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to put words and commands into a data distribution
directory. For more information, see Starting the Data Distribution Tool.
Note: The default installation of Dragon places custom words for existing Dragon users in:
Windows 7/Windows 8
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom
Create a data distribution directory in a location other than the default location
Repeat the following steps for each workstation that should share the distributed words or commands.
1. In Dragon , close all open users.
2. On the network, create a directory and give all users that dictate with Dragon access to the directory. Grant read access to providers that dictate. Grant write access only to administrators.
3. If Dragon is running, on the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBar, select Tools > Administrative Settings . When the Administrative Settings dialog box opens, proceed to
Step 6.
4. If Dragon is not running, select Start > Run . When the Run dialog box opens, in the Open text box, type the following, making sure to put a space between natspeak.exe and the
/SetDefaultAdministrativeOptions option:
“c:\Program Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program\natspeak.exe” /SetDefaultAdministrativeOptions
(The quotation marks are required because Program Files contains a space. Your path might not require quotation marks.)
5. Click OK .
241
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
6. When the Administrative Settings dialog box opens, if the user opens automatically, click Cancel to close the user or go to the DragonBar and select Profile > Close User
Profile .
7. Click the Miscellaneous tab.
8. In the Data distribution location text box, click Change...
and browse to a location where you want Dragon to store custom words and commands.
9. Click OK .
10. Click Apply to save the changes.
11. Click OK to close the dialog box.
You can now use the Data Distribution Tool or the nsadmin command line utility to put new words and commands into the data distribution directory. For more information, see
Starting the Data Distribution Tool
or Starting the nsadmin command line utility
.
Starting the Data Distribution Tool
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to make new words, customized vocabularies, or new commands available to all Dragon users on a particular installation of Dragon .
You can run the Data Distribution Tool on a local machine or through a network connection. The tool supports both mapped drives and UNC paths.
Before you use the Data Distribution Tool , you must create a data distribution directory.
For more information, see Creating Data Distribution Directory .
Start the Data Distribution Tool
A default installation of Dragon stores custom commands for Dragon users in:
n
Windows 7/Windows 8:
\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\<language>
1. S elect Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon NaturallySpeaking
Tools > Data Distribution Tool.
Dragon displays the first page of the Data Distribution wizard (in Windows 8 the Data Distribution Tool can be started from the Apps screen).
2. Select one of the following options:
n
Add or remove base vocabularies
n
n
Add or remove word to share across vocabularies
3. Click Next .
4. Click the Advanced button to set the location where the local installation of Dragon stores customized words and commands.
Adding and removing custom words
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to make new words available to all user profiles on a particular installation of Dragon .
242
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Before you use the Data Distribution Tool , you must create a data distribution directory.
For more information, see Creating Data Distribution Directory .
You must first either export words from an existing user profile or create a text file of custom words (for example, a list of new drug names) before you can distribute them to a different installation of Dragon .
After you use nsadmin to import the custom words, you must close your user profiles, reopen them, and save them for the changes to become available.
Create a text file that contains custom words
Perform one of the following actions before you distribute a set of custom words to a particular installation of Dragon :
Create a text file that contains custom words
(missing or bad snippet)
Create a text file that contains custom words
n
If you have Dragon available on another computer, you can use it to create custom words and export the words to a .txt
file. For more information, see " Export Custom
Words window " in the main Dragon Help file.
Add custom words to a shared location
When you use nsadmin , you can enter paths as complete local paths, relative paths, mapped network drives, a UNC path, or the path to removable media such as a CD-ROM or ZIP drive.
For more information, see Using paths with nsadmin .
You must create .txt
file ( new words.txt in the following examples) that contains custom
.
1. If you have not already created it, create the data distribution directory. For more inform-
ation, see Creating Data Distribution Directory .
2. On each computer that a user uses for dictation, map a network drive to the location of the data distribution directory. As an alternative, you may reference the network UNC address of the location of the nsadmin utility.
3. Start the Data Distribution Tool
. For more information, see Starting the Data Distribution Tool .
4. In the Data Distribution Tool , make the appropriate selections to add the list of words to
Use the Data Distribution Tool to add custom words
If you add custom words to a Commands Only vocabulary,when you upgrade a user, the upgrade process does not retain the custom words. In general, you should not add custom words to a Commands Only vocabulary.
1. On the Data Distribution Tool , select Add or remove words to share across vocabularies.
2. (optional) To choose a location for the custom words on the local machine, click
Advanced. In the Custom directory text box of the Advanced Settings dialog box, type the path to the new location for the custom words. If you do not take this step, Dragon copies the files to the following default location:
243
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Nuance\Dragon NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\enx
3. Click Next.
4. Associate a language with the custom words.
5. Click Next .
6. When the list of files appears, use the Import button to select the .txt
files that contain custom words. To view the content of a file, select the file and click View . To remove a file from the list of files, select the file and click Remove . To remove all files from the list, click
Remove All .
Note: Once you add a text file that contains custom words to the data distribution directory, and a user opens the file, you cannot use the Remove and Remove All buttons to remove the custom words.
7. Click Next . The Data Distribution Tool displays a log of the operations it performs.
8. Click Finish to re-display the first page of the Data Distribution Tool or click Cancel to exit.
Adding and removing vocabularies
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to make a customized vocabulary available to all users on a particular installation of Dragon . For example, you can use the Data
Distribution Tool to copy a user's vocabulary and set it as the base vocabulary on any installation of Dragon . After you add a base vocabulary to an installation of Dragon , new users you create can use that vocabulary.
Notes
n
The default installation of Dragon places vocabularies for existing Dragon users here:
\Users\All Users\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Users\<username>\current\General_
n
Vocabulary files end with the *.voc
extension.
n
If you create a User Profile on a dual core machine that uses a custom vocabulary, make sure that the User Profile uses the BestMatch IV speech model (BestMatch IV has the greatest recognition accuracy on dual-core systems with more than 2 GB of
RAM). To check this, select the Advance button on the Creating a User Profile screen of the New User Profile wizard and make sure that BestMatch IV is selected.
Prepare to use the Data Distribution Tool to add a vocabulary
1. If you have not already created it, create the data distribution directory. For more inform-
ation, see Creating Data Distribution Directory .
2. On each computer that a user uses for dictation, map a network drive to the network location of the data distribution directory.
3. Start the Data Distribution Tool
. For more information, see Starting the Data Distribution Tool .
4. In the Data Distribution Tool , add the vocabulary to the data distribution directory. For
more information, see Adding a vocabulary
.
244
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Use the Data Distribution Tool to add a vocabulary
1. In the Data Distribution Tool , select Add or remove base vocabulary.
2. Click Next .
3. Click Add to add a Base Vocabulary . Dragon displays the Add Base Vocabulary dialog.
4. In the Add Base Vocabulary dialog box:
n
Give the vocabulary a name. The name should describe the content of the vocabulary, such as Astronomy or Marketing .
n
Select the location of the vocabulary, either a mapped drive or a UNC address.
n
Give the vocabulary an unique numeric ID. Use a value greater than 9000 for the topic ID parameter.
5. Click OK .
The next time you open a user, Dragon automatically updates the user's vocabulary.
Use the Data Distribution Tool to add an exported vocabulary
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to distribute a vocabulary that you create using a separate installation of Dragon . A Dragon vocabulary that you export saves as a group of files.
One of the exported files has a .top
file extension, the other files have .to* file extensions, where * is an integer.
In a command prompt, provide the path to the file with the .top
file extension as an argument to the nsadmin utility. Do NOT include the .top
file extension on the command line.
The following command adds the myvoc exported topic ( myvoc.top
) as a new base vocabulary:
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary D:\MyDocuments\myvoc "US English |
Large | Nuance" 9005
Use the Data Distribution Tool to remove a base vocabulary
1. In the Data Distribution Tool , select Add or remove base vocabulary.
2. Click Next . Dragon displays the existing base vocabularies by ID and username.
3. Select the vocabulary to delete.
4. Click Remove and then click Next . The Data Distribution Tool displays a message when the vocabulary is deleted.
5. Click Finish to close the Data Distribution Tool or click your browser's back button to redisplay the screen.
Adding and removing custom commands
Custom commands are voice commands that you can create and modify to enter text, insert graphics, or activate menus and keystrokes in any application. You can use the
245
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
MyCommands Editor to create custom commands or the Command Browser to modify custom commands.
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to copy a set of custom commands to the data distribution directory and make the set of custom commands available to all users at a particular installation of Dragon .
Before you use the Data Distribution Tool , you must have already created a data
distribution directory, as explained in Creating Data Distribution Directory .
Notes
n
The default installation of Dragon places custom commands for existing Dragon users here:
In Windows 7/Windows 8
\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\<language>
n
After you import the custom commands to Dragon, for the changes to become available to those users, you must close your users, then re-open and save the users.
n
You can enter a path as a complete local path, a relative path, a mapped network drive, a UNC path, or the path to removable media, such as a DVD, CD, or ZIP drive.
For more information, see Using paths with nsadmin
.
Prepare to use the Data Distribution Tool to export custom commands
1. In Dragon ,create custom commands.
2. Use the Command Browser to export the custom commands to a .dat
file, for example,
NewCommands.dat
.
3. If you have not already created it, create the data distribution directory. For more inform-
ation, see Creating Data Distribution Directory .
4. On each computer that a user uses for dictation, use the Data Distribution Tool to add the .dat
file to the data distribution directory. For more information, see Adding custom commands
.
Use the Data Distribution Tool to add custom commands
1. Start the Data Distribution Tool
. For more information, see Starting the Data Distribution Tool .
2. In the Data Distribution Tool , select Add or remove shared commands .
3. Click Next .
4. Select the languages for the User Profile that you will add custom words to.
5. Click Next .
6. Use the Import button to select the .dat
files that contain the custom commands to add.
Place the .dat files into the New shared commands list in the upper half of the dialog box. You can modify the list by selecting particular file names and using the Remove and
Remove All buttons.
7. Click Next . The Data Distribution Tool displays a log of all the operations it performs.
8. Click Finish to re-display the Data Distribution Tool main screen or click Cancel to exit.
246
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
The next time you open a user, Dragon updates the commands in the associated User
Profile.
Use the Data Distribution Tool to remove shared commands
1. In the Data Distribution Tool, select Add or remove shared commands.
2. Click Next .
3. Select the languages for the User Profile that you will remove words from.
4. Click Next .
5. In the Existing shared commands list, select the command.
6. Click Remove .
7. Click Next . The Data Distribution Tool displays a log of all operations it performs.
8. Click Finish to re-display the Data Distribution Tool main screen or click Cancel to exit.
Nsadmin utility for new words, Vocabularies, and commands
Dragon Professional, Dragon Legal, and Dragon Medical include the nsadmin utility. The nsadmin utility is a command line utility that lets you make new words, customized
Vocabularies, and new commands available to all users on a particular installation of Dragon .
The nsadmin utility performs only one operation at a time. You can write a batch file or script to execute multiple nsadmin operations on each computer.
For step-by-step instructions on using the nsadmin utility, see the following topics:
n
Creating the Data Distribution Directory
n
Starting the nsadmin command line utility
n
Adding custom words from a command line
n
Adding and removing custom Vocabularies from a command line
n
Adding custom commands from a command line
You can use the Data Distribution Tool to run the nsadmin utility from a GUI. For more
information, see Starting the Data Distribution Tool.
Starting the nsadmin command line utility
You can use the nsadmin utility on a command line to make new words, vocabularies, or commands available to users.
The nsadmin utility performs only one operation at a time. However, you can write a batch file or script to execute multiple nsadmin operations on a computer. You can place the network location of new words or vocabularies in a script and run the script from a client machine to copy the new functionality to the machine.
You can find the nsadmin.exe file in the \Program directory under the parent Dragon installation directory. The default installation directory for Dragon is C:\Program
Files\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Program .
247
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
The nsadmin utility supports both mapped drives and UNC paths. For more information,
.
Before you can use the nsadmin utility, you must create a data distribution directory. For
more information, see Creating Data Distribution Directory .
Start the nsadmin utility
1. Select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Tools > NSAdmin nsadmin starts in a DOS window and lists the nsadmin syntax.
Display help information for the nsadmin utility
1. From a command prompt, type nsadmin/?
Command line syntax for the nsadmin utility
The nsadmin.exe utility uses the following syntax.
nsadmin <operation> <parameters> [options]
Commands and parameters
/commands <src_filename>
/words <src_filename>
/vocabulary <src_directory> "<language or dialect> | <model name> |
<category>" <topic ID>
/vocabulary delete <topic ID>
Options
/language enx | fra | deu | ita | esp | nld
/overwrite yes | no | ask
/?
Description
Adds a command file to the local installation of Dragon .
Adds a list of new words to the local installation of Dragon .
Adds a vocabulary from <src_directory> or an exported .top file to the NaturallySpeaking <language> using the specified <model name>, <category> and <topic ID>.
Deletes the base vocabulary specified by <topic ID>.
Specifies an installed language that you want to add words, commands, or a vocabulary to. The default value is "enx".
Specifies overwrite rules if a file exists with the same name as the fie you are adding. The default value is ask .
Displays the command syntax.
Adding custom words from a command line
You can use nsadmin to make new words available to all users on a particular installation of
Dragon .
You must first either create a text file or export words from an existing user's installation of
Dragon before you can distribute the words (for example, a list of new drug names) to a different installation of Dragon .
After you use nsadmin to import the custom words, you must close your users, re-open the users, and save them for the changes to become available.
248
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Create a text file that contains custom words
Perform one of the following two actions before you distribute a set of custom words to a particular installation of Dragon :
Create a text file that contains custom words
(missing or bad snippet)
See also "To reuse word lists from earlier versions of Dragon " in the main Dragon Help file.
Export words from a Dragon installation
If you have Dragon available on another machine, you can use it to create custom words and export the words to a .txt
file. For more information, see " To export a list of custom words or phrases " in the main Dragon Help file.
Add custom words to a shared location
When you use nsadmin , you can enter paths as complete local paths, relative paths, mapped network drives, a UNC path, or the path to removable media such as a CD-ROM or ZIP drive.
For more information, see Using paths with nsadmin .
Perform the following steps after you create a text file that contains custom words or after you export words from an installation of Dragon :
1. If you have not already created it, create the data distribution directory. For more inform-
ation, see Creating the Data Distribution Directory on page 241.
2. On each computer that a user uses for dictation, map a network drive to the location of the data distribution directory. As an alternative, you may reference the network UNC address of the location of the nsadmin utility.
3. In a command prompt, type a command to add the custom words from the .txt
file. The following command copies the NewWords.txt file to the
In Windows 7/Windows 8
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\Enx\NewWords.txt
directory:
<PATH>\nsadmin /words G:\NsAdmin\NewWords.txt
The next time you open a user, Dragon automatically updates the user's words to include the words from the .txt
file.
Use the command line to overwrite a custom word file
1. Use the /overwrite option to overwrite an existing custom word file. If the custom word file already exists in the \Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\enx directory, Dragon overwrites it without prompting you.
The following command overwrites the NewWords.txt custom word file:
<PATH>\nsadmin /words G:\NsAdmin\NewWords.txt /overwrite=yes
249
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
Note
If you add custom words to a Commands Only vocabulary, Dragon does not retain those words if you upgrade the user at a later date. In general, you should not add custom words to a Commands Only vocabulary.
Adding and removing custom Vocabularies from a command line
You can use nsadmin to make a customized Vocabulary available to all users on a particular installation of Dragon . For example, you can use nsadmin to copy a user's
Vocabulary and set it as the base Vocabulary on any installation of Dragon . After you add a base Vocabulary to an installation of Dragon , new users you create can use that
Vocabulary.
The nsadmin command uses the following syntax:
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary <directory> "<language or dialect> | <model name> |
<category>" <topic_ID>
Parameters Description
<language or dialect>
<model_ name>
Links a Vocabulary to a language. For example, US English or UK English for an English install. The language or dialect must exist in the version of Dragon on the computer.
Specifies the size of the Vocabulary you are importing.
<category> Describes the content of the Vocabulary, for example, Astronomy or Marketing .
<topic_ID> Sets an ID for a topic.
The following nsadmin command copies the model name (Large), the category (Nuance), and the topic ID (9005) to the models.ini file and copies the contents of the myvoc directory to
\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\Dragon NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\enx\Custom9005\.
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary G:\NsAdmin\myvoc "US English | Large |
Nuance" 9005
Notes
n
The default installation of Dragon installs Vocabularies for existing Dragon users in the following directory:
\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\users\<user_name>\current
n
Vocabulary files have a *.voc
file extension.
n
You can use Voctool to customize a Vocabulary. For more information on Voctool, see Customizing Vocabularies with the Dragon Vocabulary Tool (Voctool).
n
If you create a User Profile on a dual core machine that uses a custom Vocabulary, make sure that the User Profile uses the BestMatch IV speech model (BestMatch IV
250
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide has the greatest recognition accuracy on dual-core systems with more than 2 GB of
RAM). To check this, select the Advance button on the Creating a User Profile screen of the New User Profile wizard and make sure that BestMatch IV is selected.
Prepare to use the command line to add a Vocabulary
1. If you have not already created it, create the data distribution directory. For more inform-
ation, see Creating the Data Distribution Directory .
2. On each computer that a user uses for dictation, in a command prompt, start the nsadmin utility and use it to add the Vocabulary to the data distribution directory. Make sure to reference the network UNC address of the computer in the command. Use the following syntax for the command:
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary <directory> "<language or dialect> |
<model name> | <category>" <topic_ID>
The next time you open a user, Dragon automatically updates the user's
Use the command line to overwrite a Vocabulary
1. Use the /overwrite option to overwrite an existing Vocabulary file. If the Vocabulary file already exists in \Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\Dragon NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\enx\Custom9005\ , Dragon overwrites it without prompting you.
The following command overwrites the myvoc topic:
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary G:\NsAdmin\myvoc "US English | Large |
Nuance" 9005 /overwrite=yes
Use the command line to add an exported Vocabulary
You can use the nsadmin utility to distribute a Vocabulary that you create using a separate installation of Dragon . A Dragon Vocabulary that you export saves as a group of files.
One of the exported files has a .top
file extension, the other files have .to* file extensions, where * is an integer.
1. In a command prompt, provide the path to the file with the .top
file extension as an argument to the nsadmin utility. Do NOT include the .top
file extension on the command line.
The following command adds the myvoc exported topic ( myvoc.top
) as a new base
Vocabulary:
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary D:\MyDocuments\myvoc "US English |
Large | Nuance" 9005
Use the command line to remove a base Vocabulary
1. On each client computer, in a command prompt, enter a command to delete the Vocabulary and the corresponding entry in models.ini
. You cannot use Vocabularies that are based on a base Vocabulary you delete. Use the following syntax:
251
Chapter 8: Customizing a User Profile
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary delete <topic_ID>
The following nsadmin command deletes a Vocabulary with a topic id of 9005:
<PATH>\nsadmin /vocabulary delete 9005
Adding custom commands from a command line
Custom commands are voice commands that you can create and modify to enter text, insert graphics, or activate menus and keystrokes in any application. You can use the
MyCommands Editor to create custom commands or the Command Browser to modify custom commands.
You can use the nsadmin tool to copy a set of custom commands to the data distribution directory and make the set of custom commands available to all users of a particular installation of Dragon
Before you use the nsadmin utility, you must have already created a data distribution
directory, as explained in Creating the Data Distribution Directory .
Notes
n
The default installation of Dragon places custom commands for existing Dragon users here:
In Windows 7/Windows 8
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\<language>\NewWords.txt
n
After you import the custom commands to Dragon, for the changes to become available to those users, you must close your users, then re-open and save the users.
n
You can enter a path as a complete local path, a relative path, a mapped network drive, a UNC path, or the path to removable media, such as a DVD, CD, or ZIP drive.
For more information, see Using paths with nsadmin
.
Use the command line to add custom commands
1. In Dragon ,create custom commands.
2. Use the Command Browser to export the custom commands to a .dat
file, for example,
NewCommands.dat
.
3. If you have not already created it, create the data distribution directory. For more inform-
ation, see Creating the Data Distribution Directory .
4. On each computer that a user uses for dictation, in a command prompt, type a command line using the following syntax, to add the custom commands from the .dat
file. Reference the network address of the data distribution directory in the command:
<PATH>\nsadmin /commands G:\NsAdmin\NewCommands.dat
The next time you open a user, Dragon updates the commands in the User Profile for the user.
252
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Use the command line to add custom commands to a language other than English
Use the /language option to associate commands with a non-English language.
The following command associates the NewCommands.dat file with the language of
French.
<PATH>\nsadmin /commands G:\NsAdmin\NewCommands.dat /language=fra
Use the command line to overwrite a custom command file
Use the /overwrite option to overwrite an existing command file.
The following command overwrites the NewCommands.dat file if it already exists in the
G: \ NsAdmin directory. Dragon overwrites the file without prompting you.
<PATH>\nsadmin /commands G:\NsAdmin\NewCommands.dat /overwrite=yes
Using paths with nsadmin
When you use the nsadmin utility, you can use a path that is a complete local path, a relative path, a mapped network drive, a UNC path, or the path to removable media, such as a DVD,
CD, or ZIP drive. If a path name includes spaces, you must enclose the path name in quotation marks.
When you are running nsadmin from a directory other than the one nsadmin resides in, you must provide the full path to the nsadmin.exe program on the command line.
The following command copies the NewCommands.dat
file to the
<drive>:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom\enx\NewCommands.dat directory .
<PATH>\nsadmin /commands \\HostComputer\NsAdmin\NewCommands.dat
253
Chapter 9: Maintaining a Dragon installation
This section contains information on the tools and procedures you can use to maintain Dragon installations, including User Profiles and vocabularies. You can also view information on resources that can help you trouble shoot issues that may occur in Dragon.
Maintaining Installations
There are several actions you can take to maintain your Dragon NaturallySpeaking installation:
n
Run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer and schedules the Optimizer to run
automatically (see Using Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer and Scheduler Tools ).
The Dragon service monitors the acoustic optimizer and the language model optimizer schedules and runs the optimizers according to their schedules.
n
.
n
Work with the Dragon.log
file to determine the cause of error messages (see Handling
n
Work with a Usability log file—create a usability log ( DgnUsability.log
) by pressing the Advanced button on the Data tab of the Options dialog box. For more information, see
Working with the Usability Log
.
n
Work with the Dragon
knowledge base as outlined under Accessing Dragon Knowledge
.
n
Work with the hardware compatibility list (see Hardware Compatibility List )
n
Manage who has administrative privileges (see Managing Who Has Administrative
).
Using Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer and
Scheduler Tools
You run Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler to:
254
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
n
Choose to optimize the acoustic files for the User Profile
n
Choose to optimize the language model for the User Profile
n
Schedule one or both types of optimization to occur on a particular day or time at particular intervals
n
Enable or disable the scheduled optimizations
n
Separate procedures exist for running the optimization on a Non-Roaming User Profile
(see Running Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on Non-Roaming User
) or a Roaming User Profile (see Running Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer on Roaming User Profiles on page 257).
Checking the optimization status of a User Profile
Dragon NaturallySpeaking checks the optimization status of a User Profile when:
n
Dragon creates a User Profile and loads the profile
n
Dragon loads a User Profile one week after its creation and the "Learn from" wizards have not run for the profile
n
Dragon loads a User Profile and the "Learn from" wizards have not run for six months
n
The Language Model Optimizer has not run in over two months
n
The Acoustic Optimizer has never run and at least 1 hour worth of DRA data is available
See the Dragon Help for details.
Keeping custom words up-to-date
Using Dragon’s support for custom words, especially contact names, can make communicating with Dragon faster and more precise. To facilitate this, when Dragon loads a
User Profile, Dragon examines how long it has been since the last time custom words were updated. If required, Dragon displays the Personalize Your Vocabulary dialog box to step the end-user through the custom word update process.
The Personalize Your Vocabulary dialog box contains information about the last time the
"Learn from specific document” wizard and the “Learn from sent e-mails” wizard ran for the profile. The dialog also displays the total time required to run the wizards.
Users can run both the "Learn from specific document” wizard and the “Learn from sent emails” wizard from the dialog.
Dragon displays the Personalize Your Vocabulary dialog box:
n
Two days after creating a User Profile if the "Learn from" wizards have not run for the profile
n
Once a week after not running a "Learn from" wizard for 1 month or if the end-user pressed cancel the first time Dragon displays the Personalize Your Vocabulary dialog box:
Checking for User Profile maintenance when saving a User Profile
When an end-user saves a User Profile or closes Dragon, Dragon checks to make sure that scheduled language model User Profile maintenance has been performed recently. If not, then an additional check box will appear on the Save dialog. The maintenance should only
255
Chapter 9: Maintaining a Dragon installation take an extra minute or two complete and is always beneficial – especially when new custom words have been added.
Running Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on Non-Roaming User Profiles
An open local end-user cannot run the optimizer tools on User Profiles. Only an administrator can run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer or the associated
Scheduler tools. You must have Windows Administrator privileges (at the operating system level) on the computer where you are running the Scheduler . If you want to optimize a
Roaming User Profile on the computer where you are running the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer, disable roaming and browse to the Master Roaming User Profile location as if it were local.
As system administrator, you are responsible for running the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer on the network location of the Master Roaming User Profiles. You can install Dragon on the computer where the Master Roaming User Profiles are located or on any computer that has network access to the Master Roaming User Profiles, then run the
Scheduler . Later, any optimizations that result from running these tools are copied to the
Local Roaming User Profile when Dragon synchronizes it with the Master Roaming User
Profile.
You can run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer from the Windows Start menu without opening a User Profile, or you can run it from the DragonBar using the Tools menu when a User Profile is open as indicated here.
Select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon
NaturallySpeaking Tools > Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler .
Running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on a multi-core computer
If a non-Roaming User Profile with a BestMatch IV speech model is created and used on a multi-core computer, when an administrator runs the Acoustic and Language Model
Optimizer on that profile on a single-core computer, all accuracy improvements may not be applied to the profile. The Acoustic model will revert to a single model. When an end-user opens the profile on a multi-core computer, only the first acoustic model will load.
To increase the accuracy of the User Profile, select Audio > Launch Accuracy Tuning from the DragonBar.
To make sure that corrections and accuracy improvements that end-users make are applied to their non-Roaming User Profile, an end-user should run the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer on non-Roaming User Profiles only on a multi-core computer.
To run the acoustic and language model optimizers on non-Roaming User Profiles:
1. On the DragonBar, select Profile > Open User Profile .
2. In the Open User Profile dialog box, select a User Profile to run the optimization on and click Open .
3. On the DragonBar, select Help > Improve my accuracy . The Accuracy Center opens.
4. Click Launch Accuracy Tuning now . The Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer dialog box opens.
256
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
5. If the end-user has not dictated and corrected recognized text since the last time the optimizer was run, you receive this message: There is no new data in the acoustic archive.
Acoustic Optimizer does not need to be rerun . Click OK and the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer opens with the Perform Acoustic Optimization option grayed out.
6. Check the types of optimization you want to perform, Perform Acoustic Optimization
(to optimize the acoustic files of the User Profile), Perform Language Model Optimization (to optimize the language model of the User Profile), or both.
7. Click Go to start the process. The process may take some time to complete. When the process completes, you receive a message notifying you that it has completed.
8. Click Done .
9. When asked if you would like to save your User Profiles click Yes to return to the Accuracy Center . Click Exit in the Accuracy Center dialog box.
Running Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on Roaming User Profiles
To run the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer on Roaming User Profiles:
1. Be sure that a copy of Dragon is installed on the computer where you plan to run the
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer .
2. Select Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon NaturallySpeaking Tools > Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler . The
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler dialog box opens.
3. To access the master directory of the Roaming User Profiles you want to optimize, in the
Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer Scheduler dialog box, select File > Set
User Directory . The Set a Directory Containing User Files dialog box opens.
4. On the Set a Directory Containing User Files dialog box, either enter the path to the directory or click the Browse button and browse to the location of the Master Roaming
User Profiles , then click OK . If the User Profiles you want to optimize are located in multiple directories, you can later repeat the steps outlined here and change this directory to locate the additional User Profiles.
5. In the tree of User Profiles, select the User Profile you want to optimize. Notice that if you expand that User Profile in the tree, you see one or more dictation sources under the
Acoustic Optimization tasks in the tree. You also see the vocabulary of the User Profile under the Language Model Optimization tasks.
OR
Select File > New Task . The Windows user name and password dialog box opens. To set a schedule for running the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer , either doubleclick on the dictation source or the language model under that User Profile.
6. Before you proceed, enter your Windows user name and password. If you are logged in to a domain, you must insert the domain name in front of your user name; for example, HospitalDB\RSessions for the HospitalDB domain.
7. Click OK . The Select Frequency dialog box opens.
8. Under Optimization , select Perform Acoustic Optimization , Perform Language
Model Optimization , or both.
9. Under User Information , you can either select another User Profile from the User Name drop-down list or, to select multiple User Profiles, click the Multiple Users button to open
257
Chapter 9: Maintaining a Dragon installation the Select User Profiles dialog box.
a. In the Select User Profiles dialog box, use the Add> and <Remove buttons to put the User Profiles you want to run optimization on in the Selected end-users in this task list to the right. Or you can click Add All>> or
<<Remove All to add or remove all User Profiles from the list.
b. You can also move a User Profile up and down in the list by selecting a name and clicking the Move Up or Move Down button. When you are satisfied with the list, click OK to proceed.
10. If you selected multiple User Profiles in the previous step, skip this step. Otherwise, in the
Dictation Source text box, select an audio input device from the drop-down list and in the Vocabulary text box, select a vocabulary from the drop-down list.
11. Under Select Frequency and Start Date & Time , select how often and at what time you want the optimization to run, as well as the first date it should run.
12. At the bottom of the dialog, click the Enabled (schedule task runs at specified time) check box to enable the optimization.
13. Click Apply to apply the changes.
14. Click OK to close the Select Frequency dialog box. The Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer Scheduler dialog box displays a list of the events scheduled in the right pane of its dialog box. You can create more than one optimization schedule for a single User Profile. When you do, both optimization events appear in the schedule list.
15. Click Files > Exit to close the acoustic and language model optimizer scheduler
Removing One or More Optimization Schedules
To remove one or more scheduled optimizations from the scheduler:
1. Select the schedule you want to remove. You can select multiple schedules by holding the CTRL key while clicking a schedule.
2. Press the Delete key on your keyboard or select Options > Delete Selected Tasks on the toolbar.
3. Click OK when you are asked to confirm the deletion.
Exporting and Importing User Profiles
You can export User Profiles on one computer and import them for use on another.
When you export a User Profile to a new location, any custom words added to a Local
Roaming User Profile do not accompany the User Profiles unless you first run the Learn from specific documents wizard in the Accuracy Center .
Exporting User Profiles
To export User Profiles from Dragon :
1. On the DragonBar , select Profile > Manage User Profiles .
2. The Manage User Profiles dialog box opens.
3. Select the User Profile in the list that you want to export.
4. Click the Advanced button and select Export from the menu that appears.
258
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
5. When the Browse For Folder dialog box opens, navigate to the folder where you want to store the exported User Profile (or create a new folder by clicking the Make New Folder button) and click OK .
6. When a dialog box opens displaying a message indicating the export was successful, click
OK .
7. Repeat steps 3 through 6 for each set of User Profiles you want to export.
8. Click Close to close the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
9. In the operating system, navigate to the directory where you exported the User Profiles. In that directory you find a separate folder for each exported User Profile, labeled with the user name.
Importing User Profiles
To import User Profiles into Dragon that you previously exported on a different computer:
1. On the DragonBar , select Profile > Manage User Profiles . The Manage User Profiles dialog box opens.
2. Click the Advanced button and select Import from the menu.
3. When the Browse For Folder dialog box opens, navigate to the folder to retrieve a set of exported User Profiles from.
4. Select the folder in that directory that has the name of the User Profile to import and click
OK .
5. If the User Profile already exists a User already exists dialog box opens and asks you to choose how to proceed: Overwrite the existing user or Import the user with an alternate name . If you choose to import the User Profile and assign it another name, enter the name in the text box provided and click OK.
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each end-user whose User Profiles you want to import.
7. Click Close to close the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
Backing up and restoring a User Profile
If Dragon is unable to open your User Profile, click Launch Restore to open a backup copy of the profile.See the Dragon Help for details.
Dragon automatically creates a full User Profile backup
n after you first create your profile
n if you add a new vocabulary to your profile
n every 5th time* your profile is saved
* Backup frequency is configurable in the Options dialog box Data tab.
Dragon displays the "Dragon couldn't restore backup" message if any of the component files in a backed up User Profile are damaged or inaccessible. Data corruption can occasionally occur when Dragon loads or manipulates files, and files can be temporarily inaccessible when they are in use by another process, such as during a save operation over a network or analysis by anti-virus software.
Users can backup and restore a User Profile. The Profile Restore wizard allows end-users to choose restore a profile from a checkpoint or a backup copy.
259
Chapter 9: Maintaining a Dragon installation
.
Dragon displays the Profile Restore wizard when it cannot load a User Profile. End-users can also launch the Profile Restore wizard through the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
Dragon places corrupt profiles in to the 'BadUsers' directory located beside the 'Users' directory.
To back up a User Profile :
1. On the DragonBar , select Profile > Manage User Profiles .
2. The Manage User Profiles dialog box opens.
3. Select a User Profile in the list.
4. Click the Advanced button and select Backup .
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for every profile you want to back up.
6. Click Close to close the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
or
n
Select Profile > Backup User Profile .
To restore a User Profile :
1. Click Launch Restore . Dragon opens the Choose a Backup to Restore window.
2. Choose the backup User Profile you want to restore from. When you backup profile opens, you can resume dictating as usual.
or
1. On the DragonBar , select Profile > Manage User Profiles .
2. The Manage User Profiles dialog box opens.
3. Click the Advanced button and select Restore .
4. When the Profile Restore dialog box opens, select a profile.
5. Click Restore .
6. Click Yes to confirm the restore or click No to cancel the action.
7. Repeat steps 4 and 6 for each profile you want to restore.
8. Click Close to close the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
or
n
Select Profile > Restore User Profile .
The Dragon log file
Dragon log location
In Dragon 13, the Dragon.log file is located in the following directory:
%programdata%\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\WindowsUserName.
n
WindowsUserName is the name of the user that is sending messages to the log service.
260
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Dragon log filename format
The Dragon log filename format is “Dragon_Date_Time.log”:
n
Date: the date when the file was created in YYYYMMDD format.
n
Time: HHMMSS in 24-hour format.
The log file is named “Dragon.log” when the log services is updating the file. When the log file is closed, the log service renames the file using the “Dragon_Date_Time.log” format.
For example: “Dragon_20130820_105023.log”: This Dragon log was created on the 20th of
August, 2013, 10:50:23.
The full path to this log file is:
%programdata%\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\Admin\Dragon_
20130820_105023.log”
Dragon log management
The log service manages the Dragon log files; creating new log files and deleting old ones.
The service creates a new log file when the current file exceeds the size limit of 10 MB.
The service stores the last 10 log files.
Manually creating a new Dragon log file
An administrator can start a new Dragon log file when Dragon starts.
In the nssystem.ini file, set the following parameter:
[Settings] New Log On Startup=1
1. Open text editing software such as Notepad. On Windows 7, or Windows 8, make sure you have administrator rights when you open the text editor (use the “Run as administrator” option to open the text editor).
2. In the text editor, navigate to the folder that contains the nssystem.ini
file.
In Windows 7 and Windows 8, by default, the nssystem.ini file is located in:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
3. In the text editor, open the nssystem.ini
file.
4. In the “[Settings]” section, add the following line of text: [Settings] New Log On Startup=1 .
5. Save and close the nssystem.ini
file.
6. To activate the setting, re-open the User Profile.
Handling Dragon Error Messages
When Dragon displays an error message:
1. Read the message carefully. It may give you enough information to determine what to do.
2. If you dictated text into your document, click Close to close the error message box and then save your document.
3. Do not save your User Profiles.
261
Chapter 9: Maintaining a Dragon installation
4. Copy the error message log file ( Dragon.log
) to a safe place. To locate this file, click
Start > Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Show Dragon Log . In Dragon 13, the Dragon.log file is located in the following directory:
%programdata%\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\logs\WindowsUserName
WindowsUserName is the name of the user that is sending messages to the log service.
5. Exit Dragon and start it again. In some cases it may be necessary to restart your computer.
6. Insert your Dragon DVD into your DVD reader, run the installation program again, and choose the Repair option on the first screen of the Dragon setup program. After setup finishes, reinstall any Dragon patches that were previously installed.
7. If the error message does not provide enough information to determine what to do, search our Web site for information on the error message. You may find a solution that can save you time and trouble: http://www.nuance.com/product-support/default.asp?
lang=us&prod=dn
Working with the Usability Log
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking, you can set up Dragon to create a usability log that logs all menu commands, toolbar buttons, and voice commands that you use during a dictation session.
To set up a usability log:
1. With a User Profile open, on the DragonBar , select Tools > Options .
2. Click the Data tab.
3. Click the Advanced button.
4. When the Advanced dialog box opens, check the Create usability log check box and click OK to return to the Data tab.
5. Click Apply and then click OK to close the Data tab of the Options dialog box.
Later, you can find the log under
C:\Users\<user_name>\AppData\Roaming\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13
.
See Dragon file structure for information on default locations on Windows 8 and other
operating systems.
Accessing the Dragon Knowledge Database
Solutions to known problems with Dragon are provided at the Nuance Knowledge Base, located at http://nuance.custhelp.com/
.
To locate and use the Dragon Knowledge Database:
Navigate to http://nuance.custhelp.com
.
1. In the Search by Product drop-down list, select Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
2. In the field that appears below the Search by Product field, select the Dragon version number.
3. In the next field that appears, select the Dragon edition.
262
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
4. In the Refine by Category drop-down list, select a category to further refine the search criteria.
5. In the Search by Keyword field, type the words that would be expected to be found in the pages that contain the answer. Do not use words such as "how",
"why", "the", "in", or "on".
3. Beside the Search by Keyword field, click the magnifying glass to start the search.
Managing end-user administrative privileges
Before You Give Windows Administrator Privileges
Before you decide to give a Dragon user Windows Administrator privileges on a laptop computer, note that you are giving that person access to the Administrative Settings dialog box on that computer.
Determining Logged In User Has Admin Privileges
If the logged in end-user has Windows Administrator privileges, the following line appears in the Dragon.log file after he or she logs in:
09:33:10 LOG (MainWin): Windows user has administrative access to
NatSpeak
263
Chapter 10: Working with Custom commands
This section contains information on how you can use tools in Dragon to control access to your custom commands.
Managing and Securing Custom Commands
Make your custom commands more secure in two ways:
To prevent users from editing command files, convert any XML files of commands to DAT format.
For details see Using the Convert XML to DAT tool .
To prevent any Dragon end-users from editing the commands, lock the commands and then import
them. For details see Using the MyCommands Protection Utility .
Using the Convert XML to DAT tool
You can use a text editor to edit commands that are in XML format. To allow only Dragon end-user to access those command files, you can convert them from XML format to DAT format. Dragon uses .dat
files to store commands.
You can use the XML to DAT tool ( mycmdsxml2dat.exe
) to extract end-user-defined Dragon commands from an XML file. The tool writes the commands to a .dat
file. Use the nsadmin utility or the Data Distribution Tool to make the new .dat files available to those other end-users.
Starting the Convert XML to DAT tool
n
In Dragon NaturallySpeaking:
Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking > Dragon
NaturallySpeaking Tools > Convert XML to DAT
The Convert XML to DAT tool starts in an MS-DOS window, listing the tool's syntax.
264
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Convert XML to DAT syntax
Convert XML to DAT ( mycmdsxml2dat.exe
) uses the following syntax: mycmdsxml2dat.exe <dat-file-path> <xml-file-path> [ options ]
Parameters
<dat-file-path>
<xml-file-path>
-v
Type
Required
Required
Optional
Description
The full path to the local copy of the current end-user's .DAT file
The full path to the .XML file
Validates the specified .xml file over the Internet with a Nuance DTD
(Document Type Definition) file.
Disabled by default.
Use the XML to DAT tool to convert data in an XML file
1. Create an XML file that contains the commands to use with Dragon .
2. On a command line, use mycmdsXML2DAT.exe
to convert the XML file to DAT format.
3. Use the nsadmin utility or the Data Distribution Tool to copy the .dat
file to the data distribution directory.
The next time you open a User Profile, Dragon incorporates the new commands from the .dat
file into the User Profile.
For more information, see:
n
Adding custom commands (nsadmin)
n
Adding and removing custom commands (Data Distribution Tool)
Using the MyCommands Protection Utility
In Dragon Professional and higher, you can export a set of custom Text-and-Graphics ,
Step-by-Step , Macro Recorder , and/or Advanced Scripting commands into a .dat
file, so that after an end-user imports them, that end-user can dictate the commands but cannot view their source code, edit their source code, or re-export the commands. As a result, the integrity of the commands remains intact.
To protect the commands in a .dat file:
1. Make a backup copy of the unprotected .dat
file and store it in a secure location. You later use that file to edit the commands, because once you protect the .dat
file that you are distributing, you cannot make the file available for editing again.
2. Select Start > Run and enter cmd into the Run dialog box.
3. Change directories to:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Custom
for information on default location on Windows 7 and 8 and other operating systems.
265
Chapter 10: Working with Custom commands
4. Enter the following on the command line: protectcmds.exe <dat-file-path> <vendor-name> [<vendor-contact-info>]
5. Once you press return, after an end-user imports these commands, if that end-user attempts to view, copy, or edit any of them, the following message indicates that the commands cannot be edited:
The command was protected by <vendor-name> .
Please contact <vendor-contact-info> for more information.
In the Command Browser , the same message appears as the Preview Content in Script mode.
Once you have protected the file, you can put it into the Data Distribution directory for distribution to multiple User Profiles. For more information about distributing saved
commands, refer to Creating the Data Distribution Directory , then refer to one of the
following topics about distributing commands to multiple User Profiles by either:
n
Using the Data Distribution Tool (
Data Distribution Tool: Adding and removing custom commands
)
n
Using the nsadmin command line tool (
nsadmin: Adding custom commands
)
266
Chapter 11: Commands that perform actions based on the application state
This section contains information how to create and use structured commands that perform actions based on the state of the application.
About Structured Commands
Dragon includes an extension to text and graphics commands that lets you set the values of variables in text blocks based on voice input.
You can create simple text and graphics commands with variables in the My Commands Editor dialog box without having to do extensive programming in Microsoft ® VBA.
Application states
Structured commands let you control the action of a command based on the existence of a state in the application. For example, when you assign a state to each field in a form, the same command can perform different actions depending on which field is activated.
You can use Advanced Scripting methods to control the states within structured commands or to set the initial state from a non-structured command. You can also create structured commands that prompt the user to select values from a predefined list.
When the user speaks a command, the user is presented with a list of pre-defined values for the command. Once the user selects a value, the value is inserted into the correct location in the macro.
Samples
Dragon includes several sample text and graphics commands with variables and sample structured commands. You can import the samples into Dragon to use them as templates for your own commands. The sample commands are fully commented.
For more information, see:
268
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Methods
For more information on the methods used by the sample commands, refer to the following:
n
Global Methods
SetState
GetState
n
EngineControl Methods
MyCommandsActiveState
PromptValue
Structured Commands Samples
Dragon includes several sample text and graphics commands with variables and sample structured commands. You can import the samples into Dragon to use them as templates for your own commands. The sample commands are fully commented.
Sample location
The sample commands are installed in:
n
Windows 7, Windows 8:
\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Data\<language>\samplecommands
A shortcut to this directory is available on the Windows Start menu. To open this directory, click Start > All Programs > Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13Dragon Medical Practice Edition >
MyCommands Samples. In Windows 8 My Commands Samples can be opened from the
Apps screen.
Importing Sample Commands
You can import the samples into Dragon to use them as templates for your own commands.
For information, see Importing Sample Commands
Samples
The following samples are included with Dragon:
GroceryListSample_DragonPad
GroceryListSample_DragonPad.xml contains Advanced Scripting commands that simulate an on-line grocery order form in DragonPad. It demonstrates how to set and change command states, activating and deactivating various state structured commands, and how to use the command prompt. The voice command "Prepare Grocery List" causes the first section of a grocery list to display in DragonPad and sets a command state. Each section of the grocery list is designed to have a separate state. The voice command
"What's Available" will prompt the user with a set of grocery list commands that are active in the given section.
269
Chapter 11: Commands that perform actions based on the application state
GroceryListSample_WordPad
GroceryListSample_WordPad.xml contains Advanced Scripting commands similar to those of GroceryListSample_DragonPad.xml. It demonstrates how to set and change command states and to use the command prompt in WordPad and uses a different coding style. The same voice command "Prepare Grocery List" will start the grocery list in WordPad, activate the initial grocery list state, and prompt the user with a set of grocery list commands that are active in the given state. To read more about this sample and its commands, refer to the code comments in the XML file.
SampleBoilerPlate_ColonCancer
SampleBoilerPlate_ColonCancer.xml contains Advanced Scripting commands that demonstrate how to use structured commands and the command prompt for boilerplate text. This sample is modeled after a colon cancer checklist and is designed to work in
Microsoft Word. The voice command "Colon Cancer Checklist" causes the boilerplate text to display and takes the user, field by field, through the checklist.
SampleBoilerPlate_EndoBiopsy
SampleBoilerPlate_EndoBiopsy.xml contains a single Advanced Scripting macro that demonstrates how to set up boilerplate text and use the command prompt to guide users in filling the boilerplate text without using states. This sample is modeled after an endoscopic biopsy report and is designed to work in Microsoft Word 2003 or 2007. The voice command "Prepare Endoscopic Biopsy Gross Template" causes the boilerplate text to display and takes the user, field by field, through the report.
SampleTGV_Restaurant
SampleTGV_Restaurant.xml contains Text and Graphics and Advanced Scripting commands that are used in DragonPad to simulate an ordering system for a Chinese and Japanese restaurant. This sample demonstrates how to set states for structured commands as well as how the same commands can be used to produce different results in different states. The voice command "Chinese Menu" or "Japanese Menu" starts the ordering system and activates the structured commands created for the given state. The voice command "Exit Ordering System" ends the ordering session.
SetStateSample
SetStateSample.xml contains simple Text and Graphics commands that demonstrate how to use variables and text formats and Advanced Scripting commands to set and unset a command state. This sample is designed to work in DragonPad with the initial command "Sample Set State." When the command executes, a command state is set for DragonPad and a simple exchange of greetings is simulated between the user and the system. The user speaks the greeting, e.g. "Good Morning", and the system responds in bold red text. When the user says "Good-bye", the exchange is terminated and the command state is unset.
SampleInjuryReport
SampleInjuryReport.xml together with SampleInjuryReport.dot demonstrates how structured commands and Microsoft Word templates can be used together to create a voice-enabled form filling environment. The template is a mock injury report with several text and checkbox fields can be filled using the commands included in the XML file. You start a form filling session with the voice command "Edit Report" spoken in a new
270
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
document based on the sample template. Both the template and the commands are designed to work in Microsoft Word 2003 or 2007.
Importing Structured Commands
You can import existing structured commands, such as the Structured Commands Samples
, into Dragon to use as templates for your own commands. Use the following procedure to import the sample structured commands that are supplied with Dragon:
To import the sample structured commands:
1. On the New DragonBar or Classic DragonBarTools menu, click Command Browser to open the Command Browser window.
2. Click the Manage button on the Command Browser toolbar.
3. In the Manage area, click the Import button, and in the Import Commands window choose
MyCommands XML files from the Files of type list.
4. Use the Import Commands window to browse to the directory. You'll find it in the following location:
n
Windows 7, Windows 8:
\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\Data\<language>\samplecommands
5. Select one of the sample .XML files (for example, sampletgv_restaurant.xml) and click
Open.
6. Click Yes on the Import Commands validation dialog box and then click Import on the
Import Commands window to import the commands contained in the file.
Note: The syntax of XML command files is defined by a document type definition (DTD) file that resides on the Nuance Web site. When you import an XML command file, the application gives you the option of validating the syntax of the XML file against the DTD. The validation step is useful if you receive a XML command file from another person and want to check it for syntax errors prior to importing it.
7. Click OK on the success message and return to the Manage area of the Command
Browser.
To examine the sample code
1. Open the Command Browser and click the Manage button.
2. Expand and select the appropriate item (for example, “<restaurant_type> Menu”)
3. Click the To Script button and then click the Edit button.
The My Commands Editor dialog box opens with the command you selected entered into it.
You can examine and modify the command with the My Commands Editor.
271
Chapter 12: Configuring administrative features in Dragon
This section contains information how to use the Administrative options, in the
Administrative Settings dialog box, to set and control many administrative features in Dragon.
Summaries of Administrative Settings Dialog Boxes
The tabs in the Administrative Settings dialog box are:
n
Roaming
n
Miscellaneous
n
Scheduled Tasks
For more on each tab, see the corresponding topic below:
n
Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
n
Administrative Settings: Miscellaneous tab
n
Administrative Settings: Scheduled Tasks tab
Administrative Settings: Roaming tab
You use the Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box to set up the Roaming feature. You must set up the Roaming feature on each computer where you want end-users to dictate with a Roaming User Profile.
When Roaming is enabled in Administrative Settings by default the Open User Profiles dialog box displays large numbers of User Profiles quickly. They can also be organized into subfolders. See
"Creating subfolders for Roaming User Profiles" in the Dragon Help for more information.
Enable
Select Enable to activate the Roaming feature and the Roaming User Profile options.
Network Directories
To set the location of the master Roaming User Profile(s):
272
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
1. Click the Add button. You use the Roaming User Network Location dialog box to define the network location of the master Roaming User Profiles. The location you pick must be accessible to all computers on the network that you want available for dictation with Dragon .
2. Set the Display Name and the Address under Network Location . The Roaming feature supports the following types of locations:
n
Mapped Drive—the format is: <drive letter> :\ <folder name> . For example, y:\roaming .
n
UNC Path—the format is: \\ servername \ sharename \ path \ filename .
n
HTTP (http:)—the format is: http:// myserver .com
/ <name_of_ virtualdirectory> where <name_of_virtualdirectory> is the name of the virtual directory set up by an administrator during setup of the IIS or
Apache web site. For HTTP locations, click the HTTP Settings button to
set information specific to your HTTP connection. You can also test your
connection to the HTTP server from the HTTP Settings
dialog box.
n
HTTP with SSL (https:)—the format is : https:// myserver .com
/ <name_of_ virtualdirectory> where <name_of_virtualdirectory> is the name of the virtual directory set up by an administrator during setup of the IIS or
Apache web site. For HTTP with SSL locations, click the SSL Settings
button to set information specific to your HTTP with SSL connection. You
can also test your connection to the HTTP with SSL server from the SSL
Local directory (for cache)
When an end-user opens a Master Roaming User Profile, Dragon transfers a copy of that
User Profile to the local computer. The local copy is called the Local Roaming User Profile.
You can change the setting of this location, always called <Roaming Local> .
The default location of <Roaming Local> is:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\RoamingUsers\<display name>\<username>
See Dragon file structure for information about the default location of the RoamingUsers
directory for Dragon NaturallySpeaking 13 on other Windows operating systems.
The <display name> is a name you assigned as a Master Roaming User Profiles location.
You can have multiple network storage locations for your Master Roaming User Profiles.
The <username> is the name of an individual Master Roaming User Profile. There is a separate directory for each User Profile.
Click the Browse button to find or create a new location.
Check Boxes for Roaming User options
The check boxes and other components below the Local directory are the Roaming User options . You can also configure the Open User Profiles dialog box to display the Classic
Open User Profiles dialog if desired. See Selecting Roaming User Profile options
. for details.
273
Chapter 12: Configuring administrative features in Dragon
Restore Defaults
Returns the Administrative Settings dialog box to the state it had when you first installed
Dragon . Note that the default is to have the Roaming feature turned off.
Notes : For use of WebDAV
n
After you install Internet Information Services and WebDAV, you need to use the
Internet Information Services Manager tool to set the “Allow Unknown MIME Types”,
“Allow Custom Properties”, and “Allow Property Queries with Infinite Depth” settings to true. For example, in IIS 7:
n
For more information, see Configuring Internet Information Services and WebDAV for HTTP Roaming .
n
If you connected to your Roaming User Profile Master Directory over HTTP and you find that not all your User Profiles are listed in the Open User Profile dialog box, or after creating a Roaming User Profile you cannot open it again, or the Open User
Profile dialog box does not display all the vocabularies and acoustic models for your
User Profiles, make sure that you:
l
Check that no files in your User Profile directory are locked, password protected, or otherwise access-restricted by your server permissions.
274
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Administrative Settings: Roaming User Network Location
You use the Roaming User Network Location dialog box to define the network location of the master Roaming User Profiles.
The location you pick must be accessible to all computers where end-users will dictate using a
Roaming User Profile.
Display Name
Sets the directory name displayed in the following locations:
n
The Roaming tab of the Administrative Settings dialog box
n
The Location of user profile drop-down list in the Open User Profile dialog box.
Note: With the Roaming feature enabled, the Open User Profile dialog box displays only User Profiles in the Roaming User Profile locations. To let the end-users open both local (non-roaming) and Roaming User Profiles, select the Allow non-roaming user profiles to be opened option on the Administrative Settings dialog box.
Clearing this option prevents end-users from dictating with a non-roaming (local) User
n
The Location of user profile drop-down list in the Manage User Profiles dialog box.
Network Location—Address
On each computer where you plan to have users dictating as Roaming users, you must tell that installation of Dragon where the Master Roaming User Profiles are located.
The Roaming feature supports the following types of locations:
Mapped Drives and UNC Paths
Mapped drives connect to a shared network folder that has a drive letter assigned to it.
UNC paths connect to a shared network folder using the Universal Naming Convention
(UNC) to locate a User Profile. The UNC is a way to identify a shared file on a computer or network without having to know the storage device it is on. The UNC path format is:
\\ servername \ sharename \ path \ filename .
To use a mapped drive or UNC path:
1. Under Network Location , enter the address of the mapped drive or UNC path.
You can click Browse to browse for the location of the mapped drive or UNC path. This displays the Browse for Folder dialog box. You can also create a new directory on the mapped drive or UNC path by clicking the Make New Folder button.
2. Click OK when you are done.
Intranet/Internet connections
The Intranet/Internet connection supports both HTTP and HTTP over an encrypted Secure
Sockets Layer (SSL).
To use an Intranet/Internet connection:
275
Chapter 12: Configuring administrative features in Dragon
1. Under Network Location , enter the URL address of your HTTP or HTTPS server where your master Roaming User Profiles are located.
2. Click
n
HTTP Settings..
.to display the HTTP Settings dialog box, where you can set information specific to your HTTP connection like Authentication,
Firewall, and Proxy Server information. You can also test your connection to the HTTP server from this dialog box. For more
information, see HTTP Settings .
n
SSL Settings...
to display the SSL Settings dialog box, where you can set information specific to your HTTPS (SSL) connection. You can also test your connection to the HTTPS server from this dialog box. For more
information, see SSL Settings.
Note: You cannot create a non-Roaming User Profile on an HTTP or HTTPS connection.
You can create only Roaming User Profiles on an HTTP or HTTPS connection and only when the Roaming feature is enabled.
Administrative Settings: Miscellaneous tab
The Miscellaneous tab of the Administrative settings dialog box contains the following options:
Backup location for User Profiles
Shows the location where Dragon will save backup User Profiles.
n
Click the Change button to open a dialog box where you can specify a new location.
n
Click the Use Default button if you want Dragon to use each Windows user's My
Documents folder.
You can change the Backup Location for User Profiles to any directory where Windows has both read and write permissions, including portable devices such as Zip drives and
CD/DVD burners. If you change the location, backups for all User Profiles will be located in the same directory.
Data Distribution location
Shows the location where the local installation of Dragon stores customized words and commands.
n
Click the Change button to open a dialog box where you can specify the location for this directory.
n
Click the Use Default button to set the location to this default path:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
Data\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\custom
You can change the Data Distribution location to any directory where Windows has both read and write permissions, including portable devices such as Zip drives and CD/DVD burners.
For a default installation, custom words and commands are located in:
n
Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows Server 2008:
C:\ProgramData\Nuance\NaturallySpeaking13\custom\<language>
276
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Check for product updates at startup
Automatically looks on the Nuance Web every time you start Dragon. Any change to this option does not take effect until you restart Dragon.
Do not allow restricted users to add or modify commands
Select this check box to prevent restricted Windows users from adding or modifying Dragon commands. Selecting this option allows only end-users logged on with administrator privileges to add or modify commands..
Disable use of Macro Recorder Commands
Select this box to prevent end-users from using macro recorder commands. End-users can still run the commands.
Disable use of Step-by-Step Commands
Select this box to prevent User Profiles from using step-by-step commands. End-users can still run the commands.
Disable use of Advanced Scripting Commands
Select this box to prevent User Profiles from using advanced scripting commands. End-users can still run the commands.
Do not allow restricted users to modify Vocabularies
Select this box to prevent restricted Windows users from modifying Dragon Vocabularies.
Selecting this option allows only end-users logged on with administrator privileges to modify
Vocabularies.
Record wave data between utterances
Select this option to capture all dictation, preserving all audio including any pauses, filler speech like "ums" and "ahs", extraneous noises, and anything else the speaker may do like cough or laugh.
Correction Only Mode (no dictation available)
Select this option to enable Correction Only Mode.
Correction Only Mode allows transcriptionists to play back a speaker's dictation without having their User Profile loaded. Note that dictation is disabled if you select this option.
Note: You must disable Correction Only mode before running the Acoustic and Language
Model Optimizer.
Disable automatic acoustic model selection in the Acoustic Optimizer
Running the Acoustic Optimizer updates your User Profiles with accumulated acoustic data from any corrections and additional training end-users may have done. Running
Acoustic Optimization increases your overall accuracy. In the process of increasing your accuracy, Acoustic Optimization may select a different acoustic model for your User Profile.
For example, if you chose a General accent during User Profile setup, Dragon may change it if your speech more closely matches another accent. For more information, see "About speech and acoustic models" in the Dragon Help.
Select this option to disable the Acoustic Optimizer from selecting a different acoustic model when run.
277
Chapter 12: Configuring administrative features in Dragon
If you are using .Dragon NaturallySpeaking, see Using multiple acoustic models with a User
for information on acoustic model selection and User Profiles that use two acoustic models.
Restore Defaults
Returns the Administrative Settings dialog box to the state it had when you first installed
Dragon . Note that the default is to have the Roaming feature turned off.
Notes
n
When the User Profile is closed, you cannot use Dragon to dictate or to perform actions by voice.
n
You must have administrator privileges to change the Backup Location. Dragon will not let restricted end-users create backup files in directories reserved for the operating system (for example, the \Windows directory). When specifying a backup location, make sure that directory can be accessed by all end-users
n
In some versions of Windows, you must be logged on as the administrator before you can access this dialog box.
n
In some situations, an end-user that does not have administrator privileges may have access to options on this dialog that they would not normally have.
n
Dragon NaturallySpeaking allows you to use the Universal Naming Convention
(UNC) to locate a User Profile. The UNC is a way to identify a shared file on a computer or network without having to know the storage device it is on. The format is:
\\servername\sharename\path\filename.
Administrative Settings: Scheduled Tasks tab
The Scheduled Tasks tab of the Administrative settings dialog box allows you to schedule Accuracy Tuning and Data Collection for all User Profiles created with this installation of Dragon NaturallySpeaking. Data collection is not available in non-US English versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
Accuracy Tuning
Schedule Accuracy Tuning to help Dragon to learn from you and make your dictation more accurate. Accuracy Tuning runs the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer to update your
User Profile with
n frequently dictated word sequences
n acoustic data from any corrections you make, including with the keyboard
n trained words
n commands used
n any additional training you perform
Enable scheduled Accuracy Tuning
Check to turn on periodic scheduled acoustic model tuning for all end-users.
Clear this checkbox if you want to disable Accuracy Tuning for the User Profile. The setting is enabled by default.
278
Dragon 13 Administrator Guide
Configure
Click Configure to open the Select Frequency, Data Collection tab and set the Data
Collection schedule. You are immediately asked to log in with your Windows Administrator password to make a schedule change. After you log in, you can set one schedule for
Acoustic model tuning and another for Language Model tuning by clicking the appropriate tab and choosing Daily , Weekly , or Monthly and the start date and time.
Data Collection
Data collection is not available in non-US English versions of Dragon NaturallySpeaking.
Enable Scheduled Data Collection —Check to allow Nuance to collect up to 500 MB of acoustic data and text from your dictation sessions. Once the data is collected, you have the option of sending it to Nuance to help improve the accuracy of future versions of Dragon
Professional. No personal information is ever sent to Nuance and participation is voluntary.
n
Click Configure to set the schedule for data collection. You are immediately asked to log in with your Windows Administrator password to make a schedule change. After you log in, you can choose Daily , Weekly , or
Monthly and the start date and time.
Let the user choose when to run Accuracy Tuning and Data Collection —Check to give end-users access to this tab, effectively allowing them to change the schedules for
Accuracy Tuning and Data Collection.
Restore Defaults
Click this button to restore the default values for Data Collection and Periodic
Optimization.
Notes :
n
When the User Profile is closed, you cannot use Dragon to dictate or to perform actions by voice.
n
Scheduled Accuracy Tuning and Data Collection cannot run if Dragon is open, including if Dragon is running in QuickStart mode, if Dragon is left open with no User
Profile loaded, or if Dragon is left open by another end-user in a separate Windows session on the same computer.
n
Since Dragon uses a local system account to schedule periodic tasks, User Profiles placed on network shares will not be available for scheduled Accuracy Tuning and
Data Collection unless special arrangements are made with the network administrator
For more information, see the following topics in the Dragon Help:
n
"About the Acoustic and Language Model Optimizer" for information about Accuracy
Tuning.
n
"About Data Collection" for more information about Data Collection.
n
The "Options dialog box Data tab" for more information on scheduling Scheduled
Accuracy Tuning and Data Collection for the current Dragon User Profile.
279
Glossary
Glossary
280
advertisement
Related manuals
advertisement